1 /* 2 * This file is part of gtkD. 3 * 4 * gtkD is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License 6 * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 7 * of the License, or (at your option) any later version, with 8 * some exceptions, please read the COPYING file. 9 * 10 * gtkD is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 11 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 12 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 13 * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. 14 * 15 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License 16 * along with gtkD; if not, write to the Free Software 17 * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, USA 18 */ 19 20 // generated automatically - do not change 21 // find conversion definition on APILookup.txt 22 // implement new conversion functionalities on the wrap.utils pakage 23 24 25 module gio.c.types; 26 27 public import glib.c.types; 28 public import gobject.c.types; 29 30 31 /** 32 * Flags used when creating a #GAppInfo. 33 */ 34 public enum GAppInfoCreateFlags 35 { 36 /** 37 * No flags. 38 */ 39 NONE = 0, 40 /** 41 * Application opens in a terminal window. 42 */ 43 NEEDS_TERMINAL = 1, 44 /** 45 * Application supports URI arguments. 46 */ 47 SUPPORTS_URIS = 2, 48 /** 49 * Application supports startup notification. Since 2.26 50 */ 51 SUPPORTS_STARTUP_NOTIFICATION = 4, 52 } 53 alias GAppInfoCreateFlags AppInfoCreateFlags; 54 55 /** 56 * Flags used to define the behaviour of a #GApplication. 57 * 58 * Since: 2.28 59 */ 60 public enum GApplicationFlags 61 { 62 /** 63 * Default 64 */ 65 FLAGS_NONE = 0, 66 /** 67 * Run as a service. In this mode, registration 68 * fails if the service is already running, and the application 69 * will initially wait up to 10 seconds for an initial activation 70 * message to arrive. 71 */ 72 IS_SERVICE = 1, 73 /** 74 * Don't try to become the primary instance. 75 */ 76 IS_LAUNCHER = 2, 77 /** 78 * This application handles opening files (in 79 * the primary instance). Note that this flag only affects the default 80 * implementation of local_command_line(), and has no effect if 81 * %G_APPLICATION_HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE is given. 82 * See g_application_run() for details. 83 */ 84 HANDLES_OPEN = 4, 85 /** 86 * This application handles command line 87 * arguments (in the primary instance). Note that this flag only affect 88 * the default implementation of local_command_line(). 89 * See g_application_run() for details. 90 */ 91 HANDLES_COMMAND_LINE = 8, 92 /** 93 * Send the environment of the 94 * launching process to the primary instance. Set this flag if your 95 * application is expected to behave differently depending on certain 96 * environment variables. For instance, an editor might be expected 97 * to use the `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME` environment variable 98 * when editing a git commit message. The environment is available 99 * to the #GApplication::command-line signal handler, via 100 * g_application_command_line_getenv(). 101 */ 102 SEND_ENVIRONMENT = 16, 103 /** 104 * Make no attempts to do any of the typical 105 * single-instance application negotiation, even if the application 106 * ID is given. The application neither attempts to become the 107 * owner of the application ID nor does it check if an existing 108 * owner already exists. Everything occurs in the local process. 109 * Since: 2.30. 110 */ 111 NON_UNIQUE = 32, 112 /** 113 * Allow users to override the 114 * application ID from the command line with `--gapplication-app-id`. 115 * Since: 2.48 116 */ 117 CAN_OVERRIDE_APP_ID = 64, 118 } 119 alias GApplicationFlags ApplicationFlags; 120 121 /** 122 * #GAskPasswordFlags are used to request specific information from the 123 * user, or to notify the user of their choices in an authentication 124 * situation. 125 */ 126 public enum GAskPasswordFlags 127 { 128 /** 129 * operation requires a password. 130 */ 131 NEED_PASSWORD = 1, 132 /** 133 * operation requires a username. 134 */ 135 NEED_USERNAME = 2, 136 /** 137 * operation requires a domain. 138 */ 139 NEED_DOMAIN = 4, 140 /** 141 * operation supports saving settings. 142 */ 143 SAVING_SUPPORTED = 8, 144 /** 145 * operation supports anonymous users. 146 */ 147 ANONYMOUS_SUPPORTED = 16, 148 } 149 alias GAskPasswordFlags AskPasswordFlags; 150 151 /** 152 * Flags used in g_bus_own_name(). 153 * 154 * Since: 2.26 155 */ 156 public enum GBusNameOwnerFlags 157 { 158 /** 159 * No flags set. 160 */ 161 NONE = 0, 162 /** 163 * Allow another message bus connection to claim the name. 164 */ 165 ALLOW_REPLACEMENT = 1, 166 /** 167 * If another message bus connection owns the name and have 168 * specified #G_BUS_NAME_OWNER_FLAGS_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT, then take the name from the other connection. 169 */ 170 REPLACE = 2, 171 /** 172 * If another message bus connection owns the name, immediately 173 * return an error from g_bus_own_name() rather than entering the waiting queue for that name. (Since 2.54) 174 */ 175 DO_NOT_QUEUE = 4, 176 } 177 alias GBusNameOwnerFlags BusNameOwnerFlags; 178 179 /** 180 * Flags used in g_bus_watch_name(). 181 * 182 * Since: 2.26 183 */ 184 public enum GBusNameWatcherFlags 185 { 186 /** 187 * No flags set. 188 */ 189 NONE = 0, 190 /** 191 * If no-one owns the name when 192 * beginning to watch the name, ask the bus to launch an owner for the 193 * name. 194 */ 195 AUTO_START = 1, 196 } 197 alias GBusNameWatcherFlags BusNameWatcherFlags; 198 199 /** 200 * An enumeration for well-known message buses. 201 * 202 * Since: 2.26 203 */ 204 public enum GBusType 205 { 206 /** 207 * An alias for the message bus that activated the process, if any. 208 */ 209 STARTER = -1, 210 /** 211 * Not a message bus. 212 */ 213 NONE = 0, 214 /** 215 * The system-wide message bus. 216 */ 217 SYSTEM = 1, 218 /** 219 * The login session message bus. 220 */ 221 SESSION = 2, 222 } 223 alias GBusType BusType; 224 225 /** 226 * Flags used when calling a g_converter_convert(). 227 * 228 * Since: 2.24 229 */ 230 public enum GConverterFlags 231 { 232 /** 233 * No flags. 234 */ 235 NONE = 0, 236 /** 237 * At end of input data 238 */ 239 INPUT_AT_END = 1, 240 /** 241 * Flush data 242 */ 243 FLUSH = 2, 244 } 245 alias GConverterFlags ConverterFlags; 246 247 /** 248 * Results returned from g_converter_convert(). 249 * 250 * Since: 2.24 251 */ 252 public enum GConverterResult 253 { 254 /** 255 * There was an error during conversion. 256 */ 257 ERROR = 0, 258 /** 259 * Some data was consumed or produced 260 */ 261 CONVERTED = 1, 262 /** 263 * The conversion is finished 264 */ 265 FINISHED = 2, 266 /** 267 * Flushing is finished 268 */ 269 FLUSHED = 3, 270 } 271 alias GConverterResult ConverterResult; 272 273 /** 274 * Enumeration describing different kinds of native credential types. 275 * 276 * Since: 2.26 277 */ 278 public enum GCredentialsType 279 { 280 /** 281 * Indicates an invalid native credential type. 282 */ 283 INVALID = 0, 284 /** 285 * The native credentials type is a struct ucred. 286 */ 287 LINUX_UCRED = 1, 288 /** 289 * The native credentials type is a struct cmsgcred. 290 */ 291 FREEBSD_CMSGCRED = 2, 292 /** 293 * The native credentials type is a struct sockpeercred. Added in 2.30. 294 */ 295 OPENBSD_SOCKPEERCRED = 3, 296 /** 297 * The native credentials type is a ucred_t. Added in 2.40. 298 */ 299 SOLARIS_UCRED = 4, 300 /** 301 * The native credentials type is a struct unpcbid. 302 */ 303 NETBSD_UNPCBID = 5, 304 } 305 alias GCredentialsType CredentialsType; 306 307 /** 308 * Flags used in g_dbus_connection_call() and similar APIs. 309 * 310 * Since: 2.26 311 */ 312 public enum GDBusCallFlags 313 { 314 /** 315 * No flags set. 316 */ 317 NONE = 0, 318 /** 319 * The bus must not launch 320 * an owner for the destination name in response to this method 321 * invocation. 322 */ 323 NO_AUTO_START = 1, 324 /** 325 * the caller is prepared to 326 * wait for interactive authorization. Since 2.46. 327 */ 328 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 2, 329 } 330 alias GDBusCallFlags DBusCallFlags; 331 332 /** 333 * Capabilities negotiated with the remote peer. 334 * 335 * Since: 2.26 336 */ 337 public enum GDBusCapabilityFlags 338 { 339 /** 340 * No flags set. 341 */ 342 NONE = 0, 343 /** 344 * The connection 345 * supports exchanging UNIX file descriptors with the remote peer. 346 */ 347 UNIX_FD_PASSING = 1, 348 } 349 alias GDBusCapabilityFlags DBusCapabilityFlags; 350 351 /** 352 * Flags used when creating a new #GDBusConnection. 353 * 354 * Since: 2.26 355 */ 356 public enum GDBusConnectionFlags 357 { 358 /** 359 * No flags set. 360 */ 361 NONE = 0, 362 /** 363 * Perform authentication against server. 364 */ 365 AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT = 1, 366 /** 367 * Perform authentication against client. 368 */ 369 AUTHENTICATION_SERVER = 2, 370 /** 371 * When 372 * authenticating as a server, allow the anonymous authentication 373 * method. 374 */ 375 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 4, 376 /** 377 * Pass this flag if connecting to a peer that is a 378 * message bus. This means that the Hello() method will be invoked as part of the connection setup. 379 */ 380 MESSAGE_BUS_CONNECTION = 8, 381 /** 382 * If set, processing of D-Bus messages is 383 * delayed until g_dbus_connection_start_message_processing() is called. 384 */ 385 DELAY_MESSAGE_PROCESSING = 16, 386 } 387 alias GDBusConnectionFlags DBusConnectionFlags; 388 389 /** 390 * Error codes for the %G_DBUS_ERROR error domain. 391 * 392 * Since: 2.26 393 */ 394 public enum GDBusError 395 { 396 /** 397 * A generic error; "something went wrong" - see the error message for 398 * more. 399 */ 400 FAILED = 0, 401 /** 402 * There was not enough memory to complete an operation. 403 */ 404 NO_MEMORY = 1, 405 /** 406 * The bus doesn't know how to launch a service to supply the bus name 407 * you wanted. 408 */ 409 SERVICE_UNKNOWN = 2, 410 /** 411 * The bus name you referenced doesn't exist (i.e. no application owns 412 * it). 413 */ 414 NAME_HAS_NO_OWNER = 3, 415 /** 416 * No reply to a message expecting one, usually means a timeout occurred. 417 */ 418 NO_REPLY = 4, 419 /** 420 * Something went wrong reading or writing to a socket, for example. 421 */ 422 IO_ERROR = 5, 423 /** 424 * A D-Bus bus address was malformed. 425 */ 426 BAD_ADDRESS = 6, 427 /** 428 * Requested operation isn't supported (like ENOSYS on UNIX). 429 */ 430 NOT_SUPPORTED = 7, 431 /** 432 * Some limited resource is exhausted. 433 */ 434 LIMITS_EXCEEDED = 8, 435 /** 436 * Security restrictions don't allow doing what you're trying to do. 437 */ 438 ACCESS_DENIED = 9, 439 /** 440 * Authentication didn't work. 441 */ 442 AUTH_FAILED = 10, 443 /** 444 * Unable to connect to server (probably caused by ECONNREFUSED on a 445 * socket). 446 */ 447 NO_SERVER = 11, 448 /** 449 * Certain timeout errors, possibly ETIMEDOUT on a socket. Note that 450 * %G_DBUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY is used for message reply timeouts. Warning: 451 * this is confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMED_OUT also 452 * exists. We can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be 453 * careful. 454 */ 455 TIMEOUT = 12, 456 /** 457 * No network access (probably ENETUNREACH on a socket). 458 */ 459 NO_NETWORK = 13, 460 /** 461 * Can't bind a socket since its address is in use (i.e. EADDRINUSE). 462 */ 463 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 14, 464 /** 465 * The connection is disconnected and you're trying to use it. 466 */ 467 DISCONNECTED = 15, 468 /** 469 * Invalid arguments passed to a method call. 470 */ 471 INVALID_ARGS = 16, 472 /** 473 * Missing file. 474 */ 475 FILE_NOT_FOUND = 17, 476 /** 477 * Existing file and the operation you're using does not silently overwrite. 478 */ 479 FILE_EXISTS = 18, 480 /** 481 * Method name you invoked isn't known by the object you invoked it on. 482 */ 483 UNKNOWN_METHOD = 19, 484 /** 485 * Certain timeout errors, e.g. while starting a service. Warning: this is 486 * confusingly-named given that %G_DBUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT also exists. We 487 * can't fix it for compatibility reasons so just be careful. 488 */ 489 TIMED_OUT = 20, 490 /** 491 * Tried to remove or modify a match rule that didn't exist. 492 */ 493 MATCH_RULE_NOT_FOUND = 21, 494 /** 495 * The match rule isn't syntactically valid. 496 */ 497 MATCH_RULE_INVALID = 22, 498 /** 499 * While starting a new process, the exec() call failed. 500 */ 501 SPAWN_EXEC_FAILED = 23, 502 /** 503 * While starting a new process, the fork() call failed. 504 */ 505 SPAWN_FORK_FAILED = 24, 506 /** 507 * While starting a new process, the child exited with a status code. 508 */ 509 SPAWN_CHILD_EXITED = 25, 510 /** 511 * While starting a new process, the child exited on a signal. 512 */ 513 SPAWN_CHILD_SIGNALED = 26, 514 /** 515 * While starting a new process, something went wrong. 516 */ 517 SPAWN_FAILED = 27, 518 /** 519 * We failed to setup the environment correctly. 520 */ 521 SPAWN_SETUP_FAILED = 28, 522 /** 523 * We failed to setup the config parser correctly. 524 */ 525 SPAWN_CONFIG_INVALID = 29, 526 /** 527 * Bus name was not valid. 528 */ 529 SPAWN_SERVICE_INVALID = 30, 530 /** 531 * Service file not found in system-services directory. 532 */ 533 SPAWN_SERVICE_NOT_FOUND = 31, 534 /** 535 * Permissions are incorrect on the setuid helper. 536 */ 537 SPAWN_PERMISSIONS_INVALID = 32, 538 /** 539 * Service file invalid (Name, User or Exec missing). 540 */ 541 SPAWN_FILE_INVALID = 33, 542 /** 543 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 544 */ 545 SPAWN_NO_MEMORY = 34, 546 /** 547 * Tried to get a UNIX process ID and it wasn't available. 548 */ 549 UNIX_PROCESS_ID_UNKNOWN = 35, 550 /** 551 * A type signature is not valid. 552 */ 553 INVALID_SIGNATURE = 36, 554 /** 555 * A file contains invalid syntax or is otherwise broken. 556 */ 557 INVALID_FILE_CONTENT = 37, 558 /** 559 * Asked for SELinux security context and it wasn't available. 560 */ 561 SELINUX_SECURITY_CONTEXT_UNKNOWN = 38, 562 /** 563 * Asked for ADT audit data and it wasn't available. 564 */ 565 ADT_AUDIT_DATA_UNKNOWN = 39, 566 /** 567 * There's already an object with the requested object path. 568 */ 569 OBJECT_PATH_IN_USE = 40, 570 /** 571 * Object you invoked a method on isn't known. Since 2.42 572 */ 573 UNKNOWN_OBJECT = 41, 574 /** 575 * Interface you invoked a method on isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 576 */ 577 UNKNOWN_INTERFACE = 42, 578 /** 579 * Property you tried to access isn't known by the object. Since 2.42 580 */ 581 UNKNOWN_PROPERTY = 43, 582 /** 583 * Property you tried to set is read-only. Since 2.42 584 */ 585 PROPERTY_READ_ONLY = 44, 586 } 587 alias GDBusError DBusError; 588 589 /** 590 * Flags describing the behavior of a #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton instance. 591 * 592 * Since: 2.30 593 */ 594 public enum GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags 595 { 596 /** 597 * No flags set. 598 */ 599 NONE = 0, 600 /** 601 * Each method invocation is handled in 602 * a thread dedicated to the invocation. This means that the method implementation can use blocking IO 603 * without blocking any other part of the process. It also means that the method implementation must 604 * use locking to access data structures used by other threads. 605 */ 606 HANDLE_METHOD_INVOCATIONS_IN_THREAD = 1, 607 } 608 alias GDBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags DBusInterfaceSkeletonFlags; 609 610 /** 611 * Enumeration used to describe the byte order of a D-Bus message. 612 * 613 * Since: 2.26 614 */ 615 public enum GDBusMessageByteOrder 616 { 617 /** 618 * The byte order is big endian. 619 */ 620 BIG_ENDIAN = 66, 621 /** 622 * The byte order is little endian. 623 */ 624 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 108, 625 } 626 alias GDBusMessageByteOrder DBusMessageByteOrder; 627 628 /** 629 * Message flags used in #GDBusMessage. 630 * 631 * Since: 2.26 632 */ 633 public enum GDBusMessageFlags 634 { 635 /** 636 * No flags set. 637 */ 638 NONE = 0, 639 /** 640 * A reply is not expected. 641 */ 642 NO_REPLY_EXPECTED = 1, 643 /** 644 * The bus must not launch an 645 * owner for the destination name in response to this message. 646 */ 647 NO_AUTO_START = 2, 648 /** 649 * If set on a method 650 * call, this flag means that the caller is prepared to wait for interactive 651 * authorization. Since 2.46. 652 */ 653 ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION = 4, 654 } 655 alias GDBusMessageFlags DBusMessageFlags; 656 657 /** 658 * Header fields used in #GDBusMessage. 659 * 660 * Since: 2.26 661 */ 662 public enum GDBusMessageHeaderField 663 { 664 /** 665 * Not a valid header field. 666 */ 667 INVALID = 0, 668 /** 669 * The object path. 670 */ 671 PATH = 1, 672 /** 673 * The interface name. 674 */ 675 INTERFACE = 2, 676 /** 677 * The method or signal name. 678 */ 679 MEMBER = 3, 680 /** 681 * The name of the error that occurred. 682 */ 683 ERROR_NAME = 4, 684 /** 685 * The serial number the message is a reply to. 686 */ 687 REPLY_SERIAL = 5, 688 /** 689 * The name the message is intended for. 690 */ 691 DESTINATION = 6, 692 /** 693 * Unique name of the sender of the message (filled in by the bus). 694 */ 695 SENDER = 7, 696 /** 697 * The signature of the message body. 698 */ 699 SIGNATURE = 8, 700 /** 701 * The number of UNIX file descriptors that accompany the message. 702 */ 703 NUM_UNIX_FDS = 9, 704 } 705 alias GDBusMessageHeaderField DBusMessageHeaderField; 706 707 /** 708 * Message types used in #GDBusMessage. 709 * 710 * Since: 2.26 711 */ 712 public enum GDBusMessageType 713 { 714 /** 715 * Message is of invalid type. 716 */ 717 INVALID = 0, 718 /** 719 * Method call. 720 */ 721 METHOD_CALL = 1, 722 /** 723 * Method reply. 724 */ 725 METHOD_RETURN = 2, 726 /** 727 * Error reply. 728 */ 729 ERROR = 3, 730 /** 731 * Signal emission. 732 */ 733 SIGNAL = 4, 734 } 735 alias GDBusMessageType DBusMessageType; 736 737 /** 738 * Flags used when constructing a #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 739 * 740 * Since: 2.30 741 */ 742 public enum GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags 743 { 744 /** 745 * No flags set. 746 */ 747 NONE = 0, 748 /** 749 * If not set and the 750 * manager is for a well-known name, then request the bus to launch 751 * an owner for the name if no-one owns the name. This flag can only 752 * be used in managers for well-known names. 753 */ 754 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 1, 755 } 756 alias GDBusObjectManagerClientFlags DBusObjectManagerClientFlags; 757 758 /** 759 * Flags describing the access control of a D-Bus property. 760 * 761 * Since: 2.26 762 */ 763 public enum GDBusPropertyInfoFlags 764 { 765 /** 766 * No flags set. 767 */ 768 NONE = 0, 769 /** 770 * Property is readable. 771 */ 772 READABLE = 1, 773 /** 774 * Property is writable. 775 */ 776 WRITABLE = 2, 777 } 778 alias GDBusPropertyInfoFlags DBusPropertyInfoFlags; 779 780 /** 781 * Flags used when constructing an instance of a #GDBusProxy derived class. 782 * 783 * Since: 2.26 784 */ 785 public enum GDBusProxyFlags 786 { 787 /** 788 * No flags set. 789 */ 790 NONE = 0, 791 /** 792 * Don't load properties. 793 */ 794 DO_NOT_LOAD_PROPERTIES = 1, 795 /** 796 * Don't connect to signals on the remote object. 797 */ 798 DO_NOT_CONNECT_SIGNALS = 2, 799 /** 800 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 801 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization or a method call. 802 * This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names. 803 */ 804 DO_NOT_AUTO_START = 4, 805 /** 806 * If set, the property value for any __invalidated property__ will be (asynchronously) retrieved upon receiving the [`PropertiesChanged`](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties) D-Bus signal and the property will not cause emission of the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal. When the value is received the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal is emitted for the property along with the retrieved value. Since 2.32. 807 */ 808 GET_INVALIDATED_PROPERTIES = 8, 809 /** 810 * If the proxy is for a well-known name, 811 * do not ask the bus to launch an owner during proxy initialization, but allow it to be 812 * autostarted by a method call. This flag is only meaningful in proxies for well-known names, 813 * and only if %G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START is not also specified. 814 */ 815 DO_NOT_AUTO_START_AT_CONSTRUCTION = 16, 816 } 817 alias GDBusProxyFlags DBusProxyFlags; 818 819 /** 820 * Flags used when sending #GDBusMessages on a #GDBusConnection. 821 * 822 * Since: 2.26 823 */ 824 public enum GDBusSendMessageFlags 825 { 826 /** 827 * No flags set. 828 */ 829 NONE = 0, 830 /** 831 * Do not automatically 832 * assign a serial number from the #GDBusConnection object when 833 * sending a message. 834 */ 835 PRESERVE_SERIAL = 1, 836 } 837 alias GDBusSendMessageFlags DBusSendMessageFlags; 838 839 /** 840 * Flags used when creating a #GDBusServer. 841 * 842 * Since: 2.26 843 */ 844 public enum GDBusServerFlags 845 { 846 /** 847 * No flags set. 848 */ 849 NONE = 0, 850 /** 851 * All #GDBusServer::new-connection 852 * signals will run in separated dedicated threads (see signal for 853 * details). 854 */ 855 RUN_IN_THREAD = 1, 856 /** 857 * Allow the anonymous 858 * authentication method. 859 */ 860 AUTHENTICATION_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS = 2, 861 } 862 alias GDBusServerFlags DBusServerFlags; 863 864 /** 865 * Flags used when subscribing to signals via g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 866 * 867 * Since: 2.26 868 */ 869 public enum GDBusSignalFlags 870 { 871 /** 872 * No flags set. 873 */ 874 NONE = 0, 875 /** 876 * Don't actually send the AddMatch 877 * D-Bus call for this signal subscription. This gives you more control 878 * over which match rules you add (but you must add them manually). 879 */ 880 NO_MATCH_RULE = 1, 881 /** 882 * Match first arguments that 883 * contain a bus or interface name with the given namespace. 884 */ 885 MATCH_ARG0_NAMESPACE = 2, 886 /** 887 * Match first arguments that 888 * contain an object path that is either equivalent to the given path, 889 * or one of the paths is a subpath of the other. 890 */ 891 MATCH_ARG0_PATH = 4, 892 } 893 alias GDBusSignalFlags DBusSignalFlags; 894 895 /** 896 * Flags passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 897 * 898 * Since: 2.26 899 */ 900 public enum GDBusSubtreeFlags 901 { 902 /** 903 * No flags set. 904 */ 905 NONE = 0, 906 /** 907 * Method calls to objects not in the enumerated range 908 * will still be dispatched. This is useful if you want 909 * to dynamically spawn objects in the subtree. 910 */ 911 DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES = 1, 912 } 913 alias GDBusSubtreeFlags DBusSubtreeFlags; 914 915 /** 916 * #GDataStreamByteOrder is used to ensure proper endianness of streaming data sources 917 * across various machine architectures. 918 */ 919 public enum GDataStreamByteOrder 920 { 921 /** 922 * Selects Big Endian byte order. 923 */ 924 BIG_ENDIAN = 0, 925 /** 926 * Selects Little Endian byte order. 927 */ 928 LITTLE_ENDIAN = 1, 929 /** 930 * Selects endianness based on host machine's architecture. 931 */ 932 HOST_ENDIAN = 2, 933 } 934 alias GDataStreamByteOrder DataStreamByteOrder; 935 936 /** 937 * #GDataStreamNewlineType is used when checking for or setting the line endings for a given file. 938 */ 939 public enum GDataStreamNewlineType 940 { 941 /** 942 * Selects "LF" line endings, common on most modern UNIX platforms. 943 */ 944 LF = 0, 945 /** 946 * Selects "CR" line endings. 947 */ 948 CR = 1, 949 /** 950 * Selects "CR, LF" line ending, common on Microsoft Windows. 951 */ 952 CR_LF = 2, 953 /** 954 * Automatically try to handle any line ending type. 955 */ 956 ANY = 3, 957 } 958 alias GDataStreamNewlineType DataStreamNewlineType; 959 960 /** 961 * Flags used when starting a drive. 962 * 963 * Since: 2.22 964 */ 965 public enum GDriveStartFlags 966 { 967 /** 968 * No flags set. 969 */ 970 NONE = 0, 971 } 972 alias GDriveStartFlags DriveStartFlags; 973 974 /** 975 * Enumeration describing how a drive can be started/stopped. 976 * 977 * Since: 2.22 978 */ 979 public enum GDriveStartStopType 980 { 981 /** 982 * Unknown or drive doesn't support 983 * start/stop. 984 */ 985 UNKNOWN = 0, 986 /** 987 * The stop method will physically 988 * shut down the drive and e.g. power down the port the drive is 989 * attached to. 990 */ 991 SHUTDOWN = 1, 992 /** 993 * The start/stop methods are used 994 * for connecting/disconnect to the drive over the network. 995 */ 996 NETWORK = 2, 997 /** 998 * The start/stop methods will 999 * assemble/disassemble a virtual drive from several physical 1000 * drives. 1001 */ 1002 MULTIDISK = 3, 1003 /** 1004 * The start/stop methods will 1005 * unlock/lock the disk (for example using the ATA <quote>SECURITY 1006 * UNLOCK DEVICE</quote> command) 1007 */ 1008 PASSWORD = 4, 1009 } 1010 alias GDriveStartStopType DriveStartStopType; 1011 1012 /** 1013 * GEmblemOrigin is used to add information about the origin of the emblem 1014 * to #GEmblem. 1015 * 1016 * Since: 2.18 1017 */ 1018 public enum GEmblemOrigin 1019 { 1020 /** 1021 * Emblem of unknown origin 1022 */ 1023 UNKNOWN = 0, 1024 /** 1025 * Emblem adds device-specific information 1026 */ 1027 DEVICE = 1, 1028 /** 1029 * Emblem depicts live metadata, such as "readonly" 1030 */ 1031 LIVEMETADATA = 2, 1032 /** 1033 * Emblem comes from a user-defined tag, e.g. set by nautilus (in the future) 1034 */ 1035 TAG = 3, 1036 } 1037 alias GEmblemOrigin EmblemOrigin; 1038 1039 /** 1040 * Flags specifying the behaviour of an attribute. 1041 */ 1042 public enum GFileAttributeInfoFlags 1043 { 1044 /** 1045 * no flags set. 1046 */ 1047 NONE = 0, 1048 /** 1049 * copy the attribute values when the file is copied. 1050 */ 1051 COPY_WITH_FILE = 1, 1052 /** 1053 * copy the attribute values when the file is moved. 1054 */ 1055 COPY_WHEN_MOVED = 2, 1056 } 1057 alias GFileAttributeInfoFlags FileAttributeInfoFlags; 1058 1059 /** 1060 * Used by g_file_set_attributes_from_info() when setting file attributes. 1061 */ 1062 public enum GFileAttributeStatus 1063 { 1064 /** 1065 * Attribute value is unset (empty). 1066 */ 1067 UNSET = 0, 1068 /** 1069 * Attribute value is set. 1070 */ 1071 SET = 1, 1072 /** 1073 * Indicates an error in setting the value. 1074 */ 1075 ERROR_SETTING = 2, 1076 } 1077 alias GFileAttributeStatus FileAttributeStatus; 1078 1079 /** 1080 * The data types for file attributes. 1081 */ 1082 public enum GFileAttributeType 1083 { 1084 /** 1085 * indicates an invalid or uninitalized type. 1086 */ 1087 INVALID = 0, 1088 /** 1089 * a null terminated UTF8 string. 1090 */ 1091 STRING = 1, 1092 /** 1093 * a zero terminated string of non-zero bytes. 1094 */ 1095 BYTE_STRING = 2, 1096 /** 1097 * a boolean value. 1098 */ 1099 BOOLEAN = 3, 1100 /** 1101 * an unsigned 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1102 */ 1103 UINT32 = 4, 1104 /** 1105 * a signed 4-byte/32-bit integer. 1106 */ 1107 INT32 = 5, 1108 /** 1109 * an unsigned 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1110 */ 1111 UINT64 = 6, 1112 /** 1113 * a signed 8-byte/64-bit integer. 1114 */ 1115 INT64 = 7, 1116 /** 1117 * a #GObject. 1118 */ 1119 OBJECT = 8, 1120 /** 1121 * a %NULL terminated char **. Since 2.22 1122 */ 1123 STRINGV = 9, 1124 } 1125 alias GFileAttributeType FileAttributeType; 1126 1127 /** 1128 * Flags used when copying or moving files. 1129 */ 1130 public enum GFileCopyFlags 1131 { 1132 /** 1133 * No flags set. 1134 */ 1135 NONE = 0, 1136 /** 1137 * Overwrite any existing files 1138 */ 1139 OVERWRITE = 1, 1140 /** 1141 * Make a backup of any existing files. 1142 */ 1143 BACKUP = 2, 1144 /** 1145 * Don't follow symlinks. 1146 */ 1147 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 4, 1148 /** 1149 * Copy all file metadata instead of just default set used for copy (see #GFileInfo). 1150 */ 1151 ALL_METADATA = 8, 1152 /** 1153 * Don't use copy and delete fallback if native move not supported. 1154 */ 1155 NO_FALLBACK_FOR_MOVE = 16, 1156 /** 1157 * Leaves target file with default perms, instead of setting the source file perms. 1158 */ 1159 TARGET_DEFAULT_PERMS = 32, 1160 } 1161 alias GFileCopyFlags FileCopyFlags; 1162 1163 /** 1164 * Flags used when an operation may create a file. 1165 */ 1166 public enum GFileCreateFlags 1167 { 1168 /** 1169 * No flags set. 1170 */ 1171 NONE = 0, 1172 /** 1173 * Create a file that can only be 1174 * accessed by the current user. 1175 */ 1176 PRIVATE = 1, 1177 /** 1178 * Replace the destination 1179 * as if it didn't exist before. Don't try to keep any old 1180 * permissions, replace instead of following links. This 1181 * is generally useful if you're doing a "copy over" 1182 * rather than a "save new version of" replace operation. 1183 * You can think of it as "unlink destination" before 1184 * writing to it, although the implementation may not 1185 * be exactly like that. Since 2.20 1186 */ 1187 REPLACE_DESTINATION = 2, 1188 } 1189 alias GFileCreateFlags FileCreateFlags; 1190 1191 /** 1192 * Flags that can be used with g_file_measure_disk_usage(). 1193 * 1194 * Since: 2.38 1195 */ 1196 public enum GFileMeasureFlags 1197 { 1198 /** 1199 * No flags set. 1200 */ 1201 NONE = 0, 1202 /** 1203 * Report any error encountered 1204 * while traversing the directory tree. Normally errors are only 1205 * reported for the toplevel file. 1206 */ 1207 REPORT_ANY_ERROR = 2, 1208 /** 1209 * Tally usage based on apparent file 1210 * sizes. Normally, the block-size is used, if available, as this is a 1211 * more accurate representation of disk space used. 1212 * Compare with `du --apparent-size`. 1213 */ 1214 APPARENT_SIZE = 4, 1215 /** 1216 * Do not cross mount point boundaries. 1217 * Compare with `du -x`. 1218 */ 1219 NO_XDEV = 8, 1220 } 1221 alias GFileMeasureFlags FileMeasureFlags; 1222 1223 /** 1224 * Specifies what type of event a monitor event is. 1225 */ 1226 public enum GFileMonitorEvent 1227 { 1228 /** 1229 * a file changed. 1230 */ 1231 CHANGED = 0, 1232 /** 1233 * a hint that this was probably the last change in a set of changes. 1234 */ 1235 CHANGES_DONE_HINT = 1, 1236 /** 1237 * a file was deleted. 1238 */ 1239 DELETED = 2, 1240 /** 1241 * a file was created. 1242 */ 1243 CREATED = 3, 1244 /** 1245 * a file attribute was changed. 1246 */ 1247 ATTRIBUTE_CHANGED = 4, 1248 /** 1249 * the file location will soon be unmounted. 1250 */ 1251 PRE_UNMOUNT = 5, 1252 /** 1253 * the file location was unmounted. 1254 */ 1255 UNMOUNTED = 6, 1256 /** 1257 * the file was moved -- only sent if the 1258 * (deprecated) %G_FILE_MONITOR_SEND_MOVED flag is set 1259 */ 1260 MOVED = 7, 1261 /** 1262 * the file was renamed within the 1263 * current directory -- only sent if the %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES 1264 * flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1265 */ 1266 RENAMED = 8, 1267 /** 1268 * the file was moved into the 1269 * monitored directory from another location -- only sent if the 1270 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46. 1271 */ 1272 MOVED_IN = 9, 1273 /** 1274 * the file was moved out of the 1275 * monitored directory to another location -- only sent if the 1276 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES flag is set. Since: 2.46 1277 */ 1278 MOVED_OUT = 10, 1279 } 1280 alias GFileMonitorEvent FileMonitorEvent; 1281 1282 /** 1283 * Flags used to set what a #GFileMonitor will watch for. 1284 */ 1285 public enum GFileMonitorFlags 1286 { 1287 /** 1288 * No flags set. 1289 */ 1290 NONE = 0, 1291 /** 1292 * Watch for mount events. 1293 */ 1294 WATCH_MOUNTS = 1, 1295 /** 1296 * Pair DELETED and CREATED events caused 1297 * by file renames (moves) and send a single G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED 1298 * event instead (NB: not supported on all backends; the default 1299 * behaviour -without specifying this flag- is to send single DELETED 1300 * and CREATED events). Deprecated since 2.46: use 1301 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES instead. 1302 */ 1303 SEND_MOVED = 2, 1304 /** 1305 * Watch for changes to the file made 1306 * via another hard link. Since 2.36. 1307 */ 1308 WATCH_HARD_LINKS = 4, 1309 /** 1310 * Watch for rename operations on a 1311 * monitored directory. This causes %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_RENAMED, 1312 * %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_IN and %G_FILE_MONITOR_EVENT_MOVED_OUT 1313 * events to be emitted when possible. Since: 2.46. 1314 */ 1315 WATCH_MOVES = 8, 1316 } 1317 alias GFileMonitorFlags FileMonitorFlags; 1318 1319 /** 1320 * Flags used when querying a #GFileInfo. 1321 */ 1322 public enum GFileQueryInfoFlags 1323 { 1324 /** 1325 * No flags set. 1326 */ 1327 NONE = 0, 1328 /** 1329 * Don't follow symlinks. 1330 */ 1331 NOFOLLOW_SYMLINKS = 1, 1332 } 1333 alias GFileQueryInfoFlags FileQueryInfoFlags; 1334 1335 /** 1336 * Indicates the file's on-disk type. 1337 */ 1338 public enum GFileType 1339 { 1340 /** 1341 * File's type is unknown. 1342 */ 1343 UNKNOWN = 0, 1344 /** 1345 * File handle represents a regular file. 1346 */ 1347 REGULAR = 1, 1348 /** 1349 * File handle represents a directory. 1350 */ 1351 DIRECTORY = 2, 1352 /** 1353 * File handle represents a symbolic link 1354 * (Unix systems). 1355 */ 1356 SYMBOLIC_LINK = 3, 1357 /** 1358 * File is a "special" file, such as a socket, fifo, 1359 * block device, or character device. 1360 */ 1361 SPECIAL = 4, 1362 /** 1363 * File is a shortcut (Windows systems). 1364 */ 1365 SHORTCUT = 5, 1366 /** 1367 * File is a mountable location. 1368 */ 1369 MOUNTABLE = 6, 1370 } 1371 alias GFileType FileType; 1372 1373 /** 1374 * Indicates a hint from the file system whether files should be 1375 * previewed in a file manager. Returned as the value of the key 1376 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW. 1377 */ 1378 public enum GFilesystemPreviewType 1379 { 1380 /** 1381 * Only preview files if user has explicitly requested it. 1382 */ 1383 IF_ALWAYS = 0, 1384 /** 1385 * Preview files if user has requested preview of "local" files. 1386 */ 1387 IF_LOCAL = 1, 1388 /** 1389 * Never preview files. 1390 */ 1391 NEVER = 2, 1392 } 1393 alias GFilesystemPreviewType FilesystemPreviewType; 1394 1395 /** 1396 * Error codes returned by GIO functions. 1397 * 1398 * Note that this domain may be extended in future GLib releases. In 1399 * general, new error codes either only apply to new APIs, or else 1400 * replace %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED in cases that were not explicitly 1401 * distinguished before. You should therefore avoid writing code like 1402 * |[<!-- language="C" --> 1403 * if (g_error_matches (error, G_IO_ERROR, G_IO_ERROR_FAILED)) 1404 * { 1405 * // Assume that this is EPRINTERONFIRE 1406 * ... 1407 * } 1408 * ]| 1409 * but should instead treat all unrecognized error codes the same as 1410 * #G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. 1411 */ 1412 public enum GIOErrorEnum 1413 { 1414 /** 1415 * Generic error condition for when an operation fails 1416 * and no more specific #GIOErrorEnum value is defined. 1417 */ 1418 FAILED = 0, 1419 /** 1420 * File not found. 1421 */ 1422 NOT_FOUND = 1, 1423 /** 1424 * File already exists. 1425 */ 1426 EXISTS = 2, 1427 /** 1428 * File is a directory. 1429 */ 1430 IS_DIRECTORY = 3, 1431 /** 1432 * File is not a directory. 1433 */ 1434 NOT_DIRECTORY = 4, 1435 /** 1436 * File is a directory that isn't empty. 1437 */ 1438 NOT_EMPTY = 5, 1439 /** 1440 * File is not a regular file. 1441 */ 1442 NOT_REGULAR_FILE = 6, 1443 /** 1444 * File is not a symbolic link. 1445 */ 1446 NOT_SYMBOLIC_LINK = 7, 1447 /** 1448 * File cannot be mounted. 1449 */ 1450 NOT_MOUNTABLE_FILE = 8, 1451 /** 1452 * Filename is too many characters. 1453 */ 1454 FILENAME_TOO_LONG = 9, 1455 /** 1456 * Filename is invalid or contains invalid characters. 1457 */ 1458 INVALID_FILENAME = 10, 1459 /** 1460 * File contains too many symbolic links. 1461 */ 1462 TOO_MANY_LINKS = 11, 1463 /** 1464 * No space left on drive. 1465 */ 1466 NO_SPACE = 12, 1467 /** 1468 * Invalid argument. 1469 */ 1470 INVALID_ARGUMENT = 13, 1471 /** 1472 * Permission denied. 1473 */ 1474 PERMISSION_DENIED = 14, 1475 /** 1476 * Operation (or one of its parameters) not supported 1477 */ 1478 NOT_SUPPORTED = 15, 1479 /** 1480 * File isn't mounted. 1481 */ 1482 NOT_MOUNTED = 16, 1483 /** 1484 * File is already mounted. 1485 */ 1486 ALREADY_MOUNTED = 17, 1487 /** 1488 * File was closed. 1489 */ 1490 CLOSED = 18, 1491 /** 1492 * Operation was cancelled. See #GCancellable. 1493 */ 1494 CANCELLED = 19, 1495 /** 1496 * Operations are still pending. 1497 */ 1498 PENDING = 20, 1499 /** 1500 * File is read only. 1501 */ 1502 READ_ONLY = 21, 1503 /** 1504 * Backup couldn't be created. 1505 */ 1506 CANT_CREATE_BACKUP = 22, 1507 /** 1508 * File's Entity Tag was incorrect. 1509 */ 1510 WRONG_ETAG = 23, 1511 /** 1512 * Operation timed out. 1513 */ 1514 TIMED_OUT = 24, 1515 /** 1516 * Operation would be recursive. 1517 */ 1518 WOULD_RECURSE = 25, 1519 /** 1520 * File is busy. 1521 */ 1522 BUSY = 26, 1523 /** 1524 * Operation would block. 1525 */ 1526 WOULD_BLOCK = 27, 1527 /** 1528 * Host couldn't be found (remote operations). 1529 */ 1530 HOST_NOT_FOUND = 28, 1531 /** 1532 * Operation would merge files. 1533 */ 1534 WOULD_MERGE = 29, 1535 /** 1536 * Operation failed and a helper program has 1537 * already interacted with the user. Do not display any error dialog. 1538 */ 1539 FAILED_HANDLED = 30, 1540 /** 1541 * The current process has too many files 1542 * open and can't open any more. Duplicate descriptors do count toward 1543 * this limit. Since 2.20 1544 */ 1545 TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES = 31, 1546 /** 1547 * The object has not been initialized. Since 2.22 1548 */ 1549 NOT_INITIALIZED = 32, 1550 /** 1551 * The requested address is already in use. Since 2.22 1552 */ 1553 ADDRESS_IN_USE = 33, 1554 /** 1555 * Need more input to finish operation. Since 2.24 1556 */ 1557 PARTIAL_INPUT = 34, 1558 /** 1559 * The input data was invalid. Since 2.24 1560 */ 1561 INVALID_DATA = 35, 1562 /** 1563 * A remote object generated an error that 1564 * doesn't correspond to a locally registered #GError error 1565 * domain. Use g_dbus_error_get_remote_error() to extract the D-Bus 1566 * error name and g_dbus_error_strip_remote_error() to fix up the 1567 * message so it matches what was received on the wire. Since 2.26. 1568 */ 1569 DBUS_ERROR = 36, 1570 /** 1571 * Host unreachable. Since 2.26 1572 */ 1573 HOST_UNREACHABLE = 37, 1574 /** 1575 * Network unreachable. Since 2.26 1576 */ 1577 NETWORK_UNREACHABLE = 38, 1578 /** 1579 * Connection refused. Since 2.26 1580 */ 1581 CONNECTION_REFUSED = 39, 1582 /** 1583 * Connection to proxy server failed. Since 2.26 1584 */ 1585 PROXY_FAILED = 40, 1586 /** 1587 * Proxy authentication failed. Since 2.26 1588 */ 1589 PROXY_AUTH_FAILED = 41, 1590 /** 1591 * Proxy server needs authentication. Since 2.26 1592 */ 1593 PROXY_NEED_AUTH = 42, 1594 /** 1595 * Proxy connection is not allowed by ruleset. 1596 * Since 2.26 1597 */ 1598 PROXY_NOT_ALLOWED = 43, 1599 /** 1600 * Broken pipe. Since 2.36 1601 */ 1602 BROKEN_PIPE = 44, 1603 /** 1604 * Connection closed by peer. Note that this 1605 * is the same code as %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE; before 2.44 some 1606 * "connection closed" errors returned %G_IO_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE, but others 1607 * returned %G_IO_ERROR_FAILED. Now they should all return the same 1608 * value, which has this more logical name. Since 2.44. 1609 */ 1610 CONNECTION_CLOSED = 44, 1611 /** 1612 * Transport endpoint is not connected. Since 2.44 1613 */ 1614 NOT_CONNECTED = 45, 1615 /** 1616 * Message too large. Since 2.48. 1617 */ 1618 MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 46, 1619 } 1620 alias GIOErrorEnum IOErrorEnum; 1621 1622 /** 1623 * Flags for use with g_io_module_scope_new(). 1624 * 1625 * Since: 2.30 1626 */ 1627 public enum GIOModuleScopeFlags 1628 { 1629 /** 1630 * No module scan flags 1631 */ 1632 NONE = 0, 1633 /** 1634 * When using this scope to load or 1635 * scan modules, automatically block a modules which has the same base 1636 * basename as previously loaded module. 1637 */ 1638 BLOCK_DUPLICATES = 1, 1639 } 1640 alias GIOModuleScopeFlags IOModuleScopeFlags; 1641 1642 /** 1643 * GIOStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1644 * 1645 * Since: 2.28 1646 */ 1647 public enum GIOStreamSpliceFlags 1648 { 1649 /** 1650 * Do not close either stream. 1651 */ 1652 NONE = 0, 1653 /** 1654 * Close the first stream after 1655 * the splice. 1656 */ 1657 CLOSE_STREAM1 = 1, 1658 /** 1659 * Close the second stream after 1660 * the splice. 1661 */ 1662 CLOSE_STREAM2 = 2, 1663 /** 1664 * Wait for both splice operations to finish 1665 * before calling the callback. 1666 */ 1667 WAIT_FOR_BOTH = 4, 1668 } 1669 alias GIOStreamSpliceFlags IOStreamSpliceFlags; 1670 1671 /** 1672 * Flags used when mounting a mount. 1673 */ 1674 public enum GMountMountFlags 1675 { 1676 /** 1677 * No flags set. 1678 */ 1679 NONE = 0, 1680 } 1681 alias GMountMountFlags MountMountFlags; 1682 1683 /** 1684 * #GMountOperationResult is returned as a result when a request for 1685 * information is send by the mounting operation. 1686 */ 1687 public enum GMountOperationResult 1688 { 1689 /** 1690 * The request was fulfilled and the 1691 * user specified data is now available 1692 */ 1693 HANDLED = 0, 1694 /** 1695 * The user requested the mount operation 1696 * to be aborted 1697 */ 1698 ABORTED = 1, 1699 /** 1700 * The request was unhandled (i.e. not 1701 * implemented) 1702 */ 1703 UNHANDLED = 2, 1704 } 1705 alias GMountOperationResult MountOperationResult; 1706 1707 /** 1708 * Flags used when an unmounting a mount. 1709 */ 1710 public enum GMountUnmountFlags 1711 { 1712 /** 1713 * No flags set. 1714 */ 1715 NONE = 0, 1716 /** 1717 * Unmount even if there are outstanding 1718 * file operations on the mount. 1719 */ 1720 FORCE = 1, 1721 } 1722 alias GMountUnmountFlags MountUnmountFlags; 1723 1724 /** 1725 * The host's network connectivity state, as reported by #GNetworkMonitor. 1726 * 1727 * Since: 2.44 1728 */ 1729 public enum GNetworkConnectivity 1730 { 1731 /** 1732 * The host is not configured with a 1733 * route to the Internet; it may or may not be connected to a local 1734 * network. 1735 */ 1736 LOCAL = 1, 1737 /** 1738 * The host is connected to a network, but 1739 * does not appear to be able to reach the full Internet, perhaps 1740 * due to upstream network problems. 1741 */ 1742 LIMITED = 2, 1743 /** 1744 * The host is behind a captive portal and 1745 * cannot reach the full Internet. 1746 */ 1747 PORTAL = 3, 1748 /** 1749 * The host is connected to a network, and 1750 * appears to be able to reach the full Internet. 1751 */ 1752 FULL = 4, 1753 } 1754 alias GNetworkConnectivity NetworkConnectivity; 1755 1756 /** 1757 * Priority levels for #GNotifications. 1758 * 1759 * Since: 2.42 1760 */ 1761 public enum GNotificationPriority 1762 { 1763 /** 1764 * the default priority, to be used for the 1765 * majority of notifications (for example email messages, software updates, 1766 * completed download/sync operations) 1767 */ 1768 NORMAL = 0, 1769 /** 1770 * for notifications that do not require 1771 * immediate attention - typically used for contextual background 1772 * information, such as contact birthdays or local weather 1773 */ 1774 LOW = 1, 1775 /** 1776 * for events that require more attention, 1777 * usually because responses are time-sensitive (for example chat and SMS 1778 * messages or alarms) 1779 */ 1780 HIGH = 2, 1781 /** 1782 * for urgent notifications, or notifications 1783 * that require a response in a short space of time (for example phone calls 1784 * or emergency warnings) 1785 */ 1786 URGENT = 3, 1787 } 1788 alias GNotificationPriority NotificationPriority; 1789 1790 /** 1791 * GOutputStreamSpliceFlags determine how streams should be spliced. 1792 */ 1793 public enum GOutputStreamSpliceFlags 1794 { 1795 /** 1796 * Do not close either stream. 1797 */ 1798 NONE = 0, 1799 /** 1800 * Close the source stream after 1801 * the splice. 1802 */ 1803 CLOSE_SOURCE = 1, 1804 /** 1805 * Close the target stream after 1806 * the splice. 1807 */ 1808 CLOSE_TARGET = 2, 1809 } 1810 alias GOutputStreamSpliceFlags OutputStreamSpliceFlags; 1811 1812 /** 1813 * #GPasswordSave is used to indicate the lifespan of a saved password. 1814 * 1815 * #Gvfs stores passwords in the Gnome keyring when this flag allows it 1816 * to, and later retrieves it again from there. 1817 */ 1818 public enum GPasswordSave 1819 { 1820 /** 1821 * never save a password. 1822 */ 1823 NEVER = 0, 1824 /** 1825 * save a password for the session. 1826 */ 1827 FOR_SESSION = 1, 1828 /** 1829 * save a password permanently. 1830 */ 1831 PERMANENTLY = 2, 1832 } 1833 alias GPasswordSave PasswordSave; 1834 1835 /** 1836 * An error code used with %G_RESOLVER_ERROR in a #GError returned 1837 * from a #GResolver routine. 1838 * 1839 * Since: 2.22 1840 */ 1841 public enum GResolverError 1842 { 1843 /** 1844 * the requested name/address/service was not 1845 * found 1846 */ 1847 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1848 /** 1849 * the requested information could not 1850 * be looked up due to a network error or similar problem 1851 */ 1852 TEMPORARY_FAILURE = 1, 1853 /** 1854 * unknown error 1855 */ 1856 INTERNAL = 2, 1857 } 1858 alias GResolverError ResolverError; 1859 1860 /** 1861 * The type of record that g_resolver_lookup_records() or 1862 * g_resolver_lookup_records_async() should retrieve. The records are returned 1863 * as lists of #GVariant tuples. Each record type has different values in 1864 * the variant tuples returned. 1865 * 1866 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SRV records are returned as variants with the signature 1867 * '(qqqs)', containing a guint16 with the priority, a guint16 with the 1868 * weight, a guint16 with the port, and a string of the hostname. 1869 * 1870 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_MX records are returned as variants with the signature 1871 * '(qs)', representing a guint16 with the preference, and a string containing 1872 * the mail exchanger hostname. 1873 * 1874 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_TXT records are returned as variants with the signature 1875 * '(as)', representing an array of the strings in the text record. 1876 * 1877 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_SOA records are returned as variants with the signature 1878 * '(ssuuuuu)', representing a string containing the primary name server, a 1879 * string containing the administrator, the serial as a guint32, the refresh 1880 * interval as guint32, the retry interval as a guint32, the expire timeout 1881 * as a guint32, and the ttl as a guint32. 1882 * 1883 * %G_RESOLVER_RECORD_NS records are returned as variants with the signature 1884 * '(s)', representing a string of the hostname of the name server. 1885 * 1886 * Since: 2.34 1887 */ 1888 public enum GResolverRecordType 1889 { 1890 /** 1891 * lookup DNS SRV records for a domain 1892 */ 1893 SRV = 1, 1894 /** 1895 * lookup DNS MX records for a domain 1896 */ 1897 MX = 2, 1898 /** 1899 * lookup DNS TXT records for a name 1900 */ 1901 TXT = 3, 1902 /** 1903 * lookup DNS SOA records for a zone 1904 */ 1905 SOA = 4, 1906 /** 1907 * lookup DNS NS records for a domain 1908 */ 1909 NS = 5, 1910 } 1911 alias GResolverRecordType ResolverRecordType; 1912 1913 /** 1914 * An error code used with %G_RESOURCE_ERROR in a #GError returned 1915 * from a #GResource routine. 1916 * 1917 * Since: 2.32 1918 */ 1919 public enum GResourceError 1920 { 1921 /** 1922 * no file was found at the requested path 1923 */ 1924 NOT_FOUND = 0, 1925 /** 1926 * unknown error 1927 */ 1928 INTERNAL = 1, 1929 } 1930 alias GResourceError ResourceError; 1931 1932 /** 1933 * GResourceFlags give information about a particular file inside a resource 1934 * bundle. 1935 * 1936 * Since: 2.32 1937 */ 1938 public enum GResourceFlags 1939 { 1940 /** 1941 * No flags set. 1942 */ 1943 NONE = 0, 1944 /** 1945 * The file is compressed. 1946 */ 1947 COMPRESSED = 1, 1948 } 1949 alias GResourceFlags ResourceFlags; 1950 1951 /** 1952 * GResourceLookupFlags determine how resource path lookups are handled. 1953 * 1954 * Since: 2.32 1955 */ 1956 public enum GResourceLookupFlags 1957 { 1958 /** 1959 * No flags set. 1960 */ 1961 NONE = 0, 1962 } 1963 alias GResourceLookupFlags ResourceLookupFlags; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * Flags used when creating a binding. These flags determine in which 1967 * direction the binding works. The default is to synchronize in both 1968 * directions. 1969 */ 1970 public enum GSettingsBindFlags 1971 { 1972 /** 1973 * Equivalent to `G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET|G_SETTINGS_BIND_SET` 1974 */ 1975 DEFAULT = 0, 1976 /** 1977 * Update the #GObject property when the setting changes. 1978 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not writable. 1979 */ 1980 GET = 1, 1981 /** 1982 * Update the setting when the #GObject property changes. 1983 * It is an error to use this flag if the property is not readable. 1984 */ 1985 SET = 2, 1986 /** 1987 * Do not try to bind a "sensitivity" property to the writability of the setting 1988 */ 1989 NO_SENSITIVITY = 4, 1990 /** 1991 * When set in addition to #G_SETTINGS_BIND_GET, set the #GObject property 1992 * value initially from the setting, but do not listen for changes of the setting 1993 */ 1994 GET_NO_CHANGES = 8, 1995 /** 1996 * When passed to g_settings_bind(), uses a pair of mapping functions that invert 1997 * the boolean value when mapping between the setting and the property. The setting and property must both 1998 * be booleans. You cannot pass this flag to g_settings_bind_with_mapping(). 1999 */ 2000 INVERT_BOOLEAN = 16, 2001 } 2002 alias GSettingsBindFlags SettingsBindFlags; 2003 2004 /** 2005 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketClient. See the 2006 * #GSocketClient::event signal for more details. 2007 * 2008 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2009 * 2010 * Since: 2.32 2011 */ 2012 public enum GSocketClientEvent 2013 { 2014 /** 2015 * The client is doing a DNS lookup. 2016 */ 2017 RESOLVING = 0, 2018 /** 2019 * The client has completed a DNS lookup. 2020 */ 2021 RESOLVED = 1, 2022 /** 2023 * The client is connecting to a remote 2024 * host (either a proxy or the destination server). 2025 */ 2026 CONNECTING = 2, 2027 /** 2028 * The client has connected to a remote 2029 * host. 2030 */ 2031 CONNECTED = 3, 2032 /** 2033 * The client is negotiating 2034 * with a proxy to connect to the destination server. 2035 */ 2036 PROXY_NEGOTIATING = 4, 2037 /** 2038 * The client has negotiated 2039 * with the proxy server. 2040 */ 2041 PROXY_NEGOTIATED = 5, 2042 /** 2043 * The client is performing a 2044 * TLS handshake. 2045 */ 2046 TLS_HANDSHAKING = 6, 2047 /** 2048 * The client has performed a 2049 * TLS handshake. 2050 */ 2051 TLS_HANDSHAKED = 7, 2052 /** 2053 * The client is done with a particular 2054 * #GSocketConnectable. 2055 */ 2056 COMPLETE = 8, 2057 } 2058 alias GSocketClientEvent SocketClientEvent; 2059 2060 /** 2061 * The protocol family of a #GSocketAddress. (These values are 2062 * identical to the system defines %AF_INET, %AF_INET6 and %AF_UNIX, 2063 * if available.) 2064 * 2065 * Since: 2.22 2066 */ 2067 public enum GSocketFamily 2068 { 2069 /** 2070 * no address family 2071 */ 2072 INVALID = 0, 2073 /** 2074 * the UNIX domain family 2075 */ 2076 UNIX = 1, 2077 /** 2078 * the IPv4 family 2079 */ 2080 IPV4 = 2, 2081 /** 2082 * the IPv6 family 2083 */ 2084 IPV6 = 10, 2085 } 2086 alias GSocketFamily SocketFamily; 2087 2088 /** 2089 * Describes an event occurring on a #GSocketListener. See the 2090 * #GSocketListener::event signal for more details. 2091 * 2092 * Additional values may be added to this type in the future. 2093 * 2094 * Since: 2.46 2095 */ 2096 public enum GSocketListenerEvent 2097 { 2098 /** 2099 * The listener is about to bind a socket. 2100 */ 2101 BINDING = 0, 2102 /** 2103 * The listener has bound a socket. 2104 */ 2105 BOUND = 1, 2106 /** 2107 * The listener is about to start 2108 * listening on this socket. 2109 */ 2110 LISTENING = 2, 2111 /** 2112 * The listener is now listening on 2113 * this socket. 2114 */ 2115 LISTENED = 3, 2116 } 2117 alias GSocketListenerEvent SocketListenerEvent; 2118 2119 /** 2120 * Flags used in g_socket_receive_message() and g_socket_send_message(). 2121 * The flags listed in the enum are some commonly available flags, but the 2122 * values used for them are the same as on the platform, and any other flags 2123 * are passed in/out as is. So to use a platform specific flag, just include 2124 * the right system header and pass in the flag. 2125 * 2126 * Since: 2.22 2127 */ 2128 public enum GSocketMsgFlags 2129 { 2130 /** 2131 * No flags. 2132 */ 2133 NONE = 0, 2134 /** 2135 * Request to send/receive out of band data. 2136 */ 2137 OOB = 1, 2138 /** 2139 * Read data from the socket without removing it from 2140 * the queue. 2141 */ 2142 PEEK = 2, 2143 /** 2144 * Don't use a gateway to send out the packet, 2145 * only send to hosts on directly connected networks. 2146 */ 2147 DONTROUTE = 4, 2148 } 2149 alias GSocketMsgFlags SocketMsgFlags; 2150 2151 /** 2152 * A protocol identifier is specified when creating a #GSocket, which is a 2153 * family/type specific identifier, where 0 means the default protocol for 2154 * the particular family/type. 2155 * 2156 * This enum contains a set of commonly available and used protocols. You 2157 * can also pass any other identifiers handled by the platform in order to 2158 * use protocols not listed here. 2159 * 2160 * Since: 2.22 2161 */ 2162 public enum GSocketProtocol 2163 { 2164 /** 2165 * The protocol type is unknown 2166 */ 2167 UNKNOWN = -1, 2168 /** 2169 * The default protocol for the family/type 2170 */ 2171 DEFAULT = 0, 2172 /** 2173 * TCP over IP 2174 */ 2175 TCP = 6, 2176 /** 2177 * UDP over IP 2178 */ 2179 UDP = 17, 2180 /** 2181 * SCTP over IP 2182 */ 2183 SCTP = 132, 2184 } 2185 alias GSocketProtocol SocketProtocol; 2186 2187 /** 2188 * Flags used when creating a #GSocket. Some protocols may not implement 2189 * all the socket types. 2190 * 2191 * Since: 2.22 2192 */ 2193 public enum GSocketType 2194 { 2195 /** 2196 * Type unknown or wrong 2197 */ 2198 INVALID = 0, 2199 /** 2200 * Reliable connection-based byte streams (e.g. TCP). 2201 */ 2202 STREAM = 1, 2203 /** 2204 * Connectionless, unreliable datagram passing. 2205 * (e.g. UDP) 2206 */ 2207 DATAGRAM = 2, 2208 /** 2209 * Reliable connection-based passing of datagrams 2210 * of fixed maximum length (e.g. SCTP). 2211 */ 2212 SEQPACKET = 3, 2213 } 2214 alias GSocketType SocketType; 2215 2216 /** 2217 * Flags to define the behaviour of a #GSubprocess. 2218 * 2219 * Note that the default for stdin is to redirect from `/dev/null`. For 2220 * stdout and stderr the default are for them to inherit the 2221 * corresponding descriptor from the calling process. 2222 * 2223 * Note that it is a programmer error to mix 'incompatible' flags. For 2224 * example, you may not request both %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_PIPE and 2225 * %G_SUBPROCESS_FLAGS_STDOUT_SILENCE. 2226 * 2227 * Since: 2.40 2228 */ 2229 public enum GSubprocessFlags 2230 { 2231 /** 2232 * No flags. 2233 */ 2234 NONE = 0, 2235 /** 2236 * create a pipe for the stdin of the 2237 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2238 * g_subprocess_get_stdin_pipe(). 2239 */ 2240 STDIN_PIPE = 1, 2241 /** 2242 * stdin is inherited from the 2243 * calling process. 2244 */ 2245 STDIN_INHERIT = 2, 2246 /** 2247 * create a pipe for the stdout of the 2248 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2249 * g_subprocess_get_stdout_pipe(). 2250 */ 2251 STDOUT_PIPE = 4, 2252 /** 2253 * silence the stdout of the spawned 2254 * process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). 2255 */ 2256 STDOUT_SILENCE = 8, 2257 /** 2258 * create a pipe for the stderr of the 2259 * spawned process that can be accessed with 2260 * g_subprocess_get_stderr_pipe(). 2261 */ 2262 STDERR_PIPE = 16, 2263 /** 2264 * silence the stderr of the spawned 2265 * process (ie: redirect to `/dev/null`). 2266 */ 2267 STDERR_SILENCE = 32, 2268 /** 2269 * merge the stderr of the spawned 2270 * process with whatever the stdout happens to be. This is a good way 2271 * of directing both streams to a common log file, for example. 2272 */ 2273 STDERR_MERGE = 64, 2274 /** 2275 * spawned processes will inherit the 2276 * file descriptors of their parent, unless those descriptors have 2277 * been explicitly marked as close-on-exec. This flag has no effect 2278 * over the "standard" file descriptors (stdin, stdout, stderr). 2279 */ 2280 INHERIT_FDS = 128, 2281 } 2282 alias GSubprocessFlags SubprocessFlags; 2283 2284 /** 2285 * Flags to define future #GTestDBus behaviour. 2286 * 2287 * Since: 2.34 2288 */ 2289 public enum GTestDBusFlags 2290 { 2291 /** 2292 * No flags. 2293 */ 2294 NONE = 0, 2295 } 2296 alias GTestDBusFlags TestDBusFlags; 2297 2298 /** 2299 * The client authentication mode for a #GTlsServerConnection. 2300 * 2301 * Since: 2.28 2302 */ 2303 public enum GTlsAuthenticationMode 2304 { 2305 /** 2306 * client authentication not required 2307 */ 2308 NONE = 0, 2309 /** 2310 * client authentication is requested 2311 */ 2312 REQUESTED = 1, 2313 /** 2314 * client authentication is required 2315 */ 2316 REQUIRED = 2, 2317 } 2318 alias GTlsAuthenticationMode TlsAuthenticationMode; 2319 2320 /** 2321 * A set of flags describing TLS certification validation. This can be 2322 * used to set which validation steps to perform (eg, with 2323 * g_tls_client_connection_set_validation_flags()), or to describe why 2324 * a particular certificate was rejected (eg, in 2325 * #GTlsConnection::accept-certificate). 2326 * 2327 * Since: 2.28 2328 */ 2329 public enum GTlsCertificateFlags 2330 { 2331 /** 2332 * The signing certificate authority is 2333 * not known. 2334 */ 2335 UNKNOWN_CA = 1, 2336 /** 2337 * The certificate does not match the 2338 * expected identity of the site that it was retrieved from. 2339 */ 2340 BAD_IDENTITY = 2, 2341 /** 2342 * The certificate's activation time 2343 * is still in the future 2344 */ 2345 NOT_ACTIVATED = 4, 2346 /** 2347 * The certificate has expired 2348 */ 2349 EXPIRED = 8, 2350 /** 2351 * The certificate has been revoked 2352 * according to the #GTlsConnection's certificate revocation list. 2353 */ 2354 REVOKED = 16, 2355 /** 2356 * The certificate's algorithm is 2357 * considered insecure. 2358 */ 2359 INSECURE = 32, 2360 /** 2361 * Some other error occurred validating 2362 * the certificate 2363 */ 2364 GENERIC_ERROR = 64, 2365 /** 2366 * the combination of all of the above 2367 * flags 2368 */ 2369 VALIDATE_ALL = 127, 2370 } 2371 alias GTlsCertificateFlags TlsCertificateFlags; 2372 2373 /** 2374 * Flags for g_tls_interaction_request_certificate(), 2375 * g_tls_interaction_request_certificate_async(), and 2376 * g_tls_interaction_invoke_request_certificate(). 2377 * 2378 * Since: 2.40 2379 */ 2380 public enum GTlsCertificateRequestFlags 2381 { 2382 /** 2383 * No flags 2384 */ 2385 NONE = 0, 2386 } 2387 alias GTlsCertificateRequestFlags TlsCertificateRequestFlags; 2388 2389 /** 2390 * Flags for g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle(), 2391 * g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer(), 2392 * and g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by(). 2393 * 2394 * Since: 2.30 2395 */ 2396 public enum GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags 2397 { 2398 /** 2399 * No lookup flags 2400 */ 2401 NONE = 0, 2402 /** 2403 * Restrict lookup to certificates that have 2404 * a private key. 2405 */ 2406 KEYPAIR = 1, 2407 } 2408 alias GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags TlsDatabaseLookupFlags; 2409 2410 /** 2411 * Flags for g_tls_database_verify_chain(). 2412 * 2413 * Since: 2.30 2414 */ 2415 public enum GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags 2416 { 2417 /** 2418 * No verification flags 2419 */ 2420 NONE = 0, 2421 } 2422 alias GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags TlsDatabaseVerifyFlags; 2423 2424 /** 2425 * An error code used with %G_TLS_ERROR in a #GError returned from a 2426 * TLS-related routine. 2427 * 2428 * Since: 2.28 2429 */ 2430 public enum GTlsError 2431 { 2432 /** 2433 * No TLS provider is available 2434 */ 2435 UNAVAILABLE = 0, 2436 /** 2437 * Miscellaneous TLS error 2438 */ 2439 MISC = 1, 2440 /** 2441 * A certificate could not be parsed 2442 */ 2443 BAD_CERTIFICATE = 2, 2444 /** 2445 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2446 * peer does not seem to be a TLS server. 2447 */ 2448 NOT_TLS = 3, 2449 /** 2450 * The TLS handshake failed because the 2451 * peer's certificate was not acceptable. 2452 */ 2453 HANDSHAKE = 4, 2454 /** 2455 * The TLS handshake failed because 2456 * the server requested a client-side certificate, but none was 2457 * provided. See g_tls_connection_set_certificate(). 2458 */ 2459 CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED = 5, 2460 /** 2461 * The TLS connection was closed without proper 2462 * notice, which may indicate an attack. See 2463 * g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify(). 2464 */ 2465 EOF = 6, 2466 } 2467 alias GTlsError TlsError; 2468 2469 /** 2470 * #GTlsInteractionResult is returned by various functions in #GTlsInteraction 2471 * when finishing an interaction request. 2472 * 2473 * Since: 2.30 2474 */ 2475 public enum GTlsInteractionResult 2476 { 2477 /** 2478 * The interaction was unhandled (i.e. not 2479 * implemented). 2480 */ 2481 UNHANDLED = 0, 2482 /** 2483 * The interaction completed, and resulting data 2484 * is available. 2485 */ 2486 HANDLED = 1, 2487 /** 2488 * The interaction has failed, or was cancelled. 2489 * and the operation should be aborted. 2490 */ 2491 FAILED = 2, 2492 } 2493 alias GTlsInteractionResult TlsInteractionResult; 2494 2495 /** 2496 * Various flags for the password. 2497 * 2498 * Since: 2.30 2499 */ 2500 public enum GTlsPasswordFlags 2501 { 2502 /** 2503 * No flags 2504 */ 2505 NONE = 0, 2506 /** 2507 * The password was wrong, and the user should retry. 2508 */ 2509 RETRY = 2, 2510 /** 2511 * Hint to the user that the password has been 2512 * wrong many times, and the user may not have many chances left. 2513 */ 2514 MANY_TRIES = 4, 2515 /** 2516 * Hint to the user that this is the last try to get 2517 * this password right. 2518 */ 2519 FINAL_TRY = 8, 2520 } 2521 alias GTlsPasswordFlags TlsPasswordFlags; 2522 2523 /** 2524 * When to allow rehandshaking. See 2525 * g_tls_connection_set_rehandshake_mode(). 2526 * 2527 * Since: 2.28 2528 */ 2529 public enum GTlsRehandshakeMode 2530 { 2531 /** 2532 * Never allow rehandshaking 2533 */ 2534 NEVER = 0, 2535 /** 2536 * Allow safe rehandshaking only 2537 */ 2538 SAFELY = 1, 2539 /** 2540 * Allow unsafe rehandshaking 2541 */ 2542 UNSAFELY = 2, 2543 } 2544 alias GTlsRehandshakeMode TlsRehandshakeMode; 2545 2546 /** 2547 * The type of name used by a #GUnixSocketAddress. 2548 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_PATH indicates a traditional unix domain 2549 * socket bound to a filesystem path. %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ANONYMOUS 2550 * indicates a socket not bound to any name (eg, a client-side socket, 2551 * or a socket created with socketpair()). 2552 * 2553 * For abstract sockets, there are two incompatible ways of naming 2554 * them; the man pages suggest using the entire `struct sockaddr_un` 2555 * as the name, padding the unused parts of the %sun_path field with 2556 * zeroes; this corresponds to %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT_PADDED. 2557 * However, many programs instead just use a portion of %sun_path, and 2558 * pass an appropriate smaller length to bind() or connect(). This is 2559 * %G_UNIX_SOCKET_ADDRESS_ABSTRACT. 2560 * 2561 * Since: 2.26 2562 */ 2563 public enum GUnixSocketAddressType 2564 { 2565 /** 2566 * invalid 2567 */ 2568 INVALID = 0, 2569 /** 2570 * anonymous 2571 */ 2572 ANONYMOUS = 1, 2573 /** 2574 * a filesystem path 2575 */ 2576 PATH = 2, 2577 /** 2578 * an abstract name 2579 */ 2580 ABSTRACT = 3, 2581 /** 2582 * an abstract name, 0-padded 2583 * to the full length of a unix socket name 2584 */ 2585 ABSTRACT_PADDED = 4, 2586 } 2587 alias GUnixSocketAddressType UnixSocketAddressType; 2588 2589 /** 2590 * Used to select the type of data format to use for #GZlibDecompressor 2591 * and #GZlibCompressor. 2592 * 2593 * Since: 2.24 2594 */ 2595 public enum GZlibCompressorFormat 2596 { 2597 /** 2598 * deflate compression with zlib header 2599 */ 2600 ZLIB = 0, 2601 /** 2602 * gzip file format 2603 */ 2604 GZIP = 1, 2605 /** 2606 * deflate compression with no header 2607 */ 2608 RAW = 2, 2609 } 2610 alias GZlibCompressorFormat ZlibCompressorFormat; 2611 2612 struct GAction; 2613 2614 /** 2615 * This struct defines a single action. It is for use with 2616 * g_action_map_add_action_entries(). 2617 * 2618 * The order of the items in the structure are intended to reflect 2619 * frequency of use. It is permissible to use an incomplete initialiser 2620 * in order to leave some of the later values as %NULL. All values 2621 * after @name are optional. Additional optional fields may be added in 2622 * the future. 2623 * 2624 * See g_action_map_add_action_entries() for an example. 2625 */ 2626 struct GActionEntry 2627 { 2628 /** 2629 * the name of the action 2630 */ 2631 const(char)* name; 2632 /** */ 2633 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* parameter, void* userData) activate; 2634 /** 2635 * the type of the parameter that must be passed to the 2636 * activate function for this action, given as a single 2637 * GVariant type string (or %NULL for no parameter) 2638 */ 2639 const(char)* parameterType; 2640 /** 2641 * the initial state for this action, given in 2642 * [GVariant text format][gvariant-text]. The state is parsed 2643 * with no extra type information, so type tags must be added to 2644 * the string if they are necessary. Stateless actions should 2645 * give %NULL here. 2646 */ 2647 const(char)* state; 2648 /** */ 2649 extern(C) void function(GSimpleAction* action, GVariant* value, void* userData) changeState; 2650 size_t[3] padding; 2651 } 2652 2653 struct GActionGroup; 2654 2655 /** 2656 * The virtual function table for #GActionGroup. 2657 * 2658 * Since: 2.28 2659 */ 2660 struct GActionGroupInterface 2661 { 2662 GTypeInterface gIface; 2663 /** 2664 * 2665 * Params: 2666 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2667 * actionName = the name of the action to check for 2668 * Returns: whether the named action exists 2669 */ 2670 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) hasAction; 2671 /** 2672 * 2673 * Params: 2674 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2675 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of the names of the 2676 * actions in the group 2677 */ 2678 extern(C) char** function(GActionGroup* actionGroup) listActions; 2679 /** 2680 * 2681 * Params: 2682 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2683 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2684 * Returns: whether or not the action is currently enabled 2685 */ 2686 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionEnabled; 2687 /** 2688 * 2689 * Params: 2690 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2691 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2692 * Returns: the parameter type 2693 */ 2694 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionParameterType; 2695 /** 2696 * 2697 * Params: 2698 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2699 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2700 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 2701 */ 2702 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateType; 2703 /** 2704 * 2705 * Params: 2706 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2707 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2708 * Returns: the state range hint 2709 */ 2710 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionStateHint; 2711 /** 2712 * 2713 * Params: 2714 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2715 * actionName = the name of the action to query 2716 * Returns: the current state of the action 2717 */ 2718 extern(C) GVariant* function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) getActionState; 2719 /** */ 2720 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value) changeActionState; 2721 /** */ 2722 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter) activateAction; 2723 /** */ 2724 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionAdded; 2725 /** */ 2726 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName) actionRemoved; 2727 /** */ 2728 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int enabled) actionEnabledChanged; 2729 /** */ 2730 extern(C) void function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* state) actionStateChanged; 2731 /** 2732 * 2733 * Params: 2734 * actionGroup = a #GActionGroup 2735 * actionName = the name of an action in the group 2736 * enabled = if the action is presently enabled 2737 * parameterType = the parameter type, or %NULL if none needed 2738 * stateType = the state type, or %NULL if stateless 2739 * stateHint = the state hint, or %NULL if none 2740 * state = the current state, or %NULL if stateless 2741 * Returns: %TRUE if the action exists, else %FALSE 2742 */ 2743 extern(C) int function(GActionGroup* actionGroup, const(char)* actionName, int* enabled, GVariantType** parameterType, GVariantType** stateType, GVariant** stateHint, GVariant** state) queryAction; 2744 } 2745 2746 /** 2747 * The virtual function table for #GAction. 2748 * 2749 * Since: 2.28 2750 */ 2751 struct GActionInterface 2752 { 2753 GTypeInterface gIface; 2754 /** 2755 * 2756 * Params: 2757 * action = a #GAction 2758 * Returns: the name of the action 2759 */ 2760 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAction* action) getName; 2761 /** 2762 * 2763 * Params: 2764 * action = a #GAction 2765 * Returns: the parameter type 2766 */ 2767 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getParameterType; 2768 /** 2769 * 2770 * Params: 2771 * action = a #GAction 2772 * Returns: the state type, if the action is stateful 2773 */ 2774 extern(C) GVariantType* function(GAction* action) getStateType; 2775 /** 2776 * 2777 * Params: 2778 * action = a #GAction 2779 * Returns: the state range hint 2780 */ 2781 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getStateHint; 2782 /** 2783 * 2784 * Params: 2785 * action = a #GAction 2786 * Returns: whether the action is enabled 2787 */ 2788 extern(C) int function(GAction* action) getEnabled; 2789 /** 2790 * 2791 * Params: 2792 * action = a #GAction 2793 * Returns: the current state of the action 2794 */ 2795 extern(C) GVariant* function(GAction* action) getState; 2796 /** */ 2797 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* value) changeState; 2798 /** */ 2799 extern(C) void function(GAction* action, GVariant* parameter) activate; 2800 } 2801 2802 struct GActionMap; 2803 2804 /** 2805 * The virtual function table for #GActionMap. 2806 * 2807 * Since: 2.32 2808 */ 2809 struct GActionMapInterface 2810 { 2811 GTypeInterface gIface; 2812 /** 2813 * 2814 * Params: 2815 * actionMap = a #GActionMap 2816 * actionName = the name of an action 2817 * Returns: a #GAction, or %NULL 2818 */ 2819 extern(C) GAction* function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) lookupAction; 2820 /** */ 2821 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, GAction* action) addAction; 2822 /** */ 2823 extern(C) void function(GActionMap* actionMap, const(char)* actionName) removeAction; 2824 } 2825 2826 struct GAppInfo; 2827 2828 /** 2829 * Application Information interface, for operating system portability. 2830 */ 2831 struct GAppInfoIface 2832 { 2833 /** 2834 * The parent interface. 2835 */ 2836 GTypeInterface gIface; 2837 /** 2838 * 2839 * Params: 2840 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2841 * Returns: a duplicate of @appinfo. 2842 */ 2843 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) dup; 2844 /** 2845 * 2846 * Params: 2847 * appinfo1 = the first #GAppInfo. 2848 * appinfo2 = the second #GAppInfo. 2849 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo1 is equal to @appinfo2. %FALSE otherwise. 2850 */ 2851 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo1, GAppInfo* appinfo2) equal; 2852 /** 2853 * 2854 * Params: 2855 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2856 * Returns: a string containing the application's ID. 2857 */ 2858 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getId; 2859 /** 2860 * 2861 * Params: 2862 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2863 * Returns: the name of the application for @appinfo. 2864 */ 2865 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getName; 2866 /** 2867 * 2868 * Params: 2869 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2870 * Returns: a string containing a description of the 2871 * application @appinfo, or %NULL if none. 2872 */ 2873 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDescription; 2874 /** */ 2875 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getExecutable; 2876 /** 2877 * 2878 * Params: 2879 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2880 * Returns: the default #GIcon for @appinfo or %NULL 2881 * if there is no default icon. 2882 */ 2883 extern(C) GIcon* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getIcon; 2884 /** 2885 * 2886 * Params: 2887 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2888 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 2889 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 2890 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 2891 * 2892 * Throws: GException on failure. 2893 */ 2894 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* files, GAppLaunchContext* context, GError** err) launch; 2895 /** 2896 * 2897 * Params: 2898 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2899 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports URIs. 2900 */ 2901 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsUris; 2902 /** 2903 * 2904 * Params: 2905 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2906 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo supports files. 2907 */ 2908 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) supportsFiles; 2909 /** 2910 * 2911 * Params: 2912 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2913 * uris = a #GList containing URIs to launch. 2914 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL 2915 * Returns: %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise. 2916 * 2917 * Throws: GException on failure. 2918 */ 2919 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, GList* uris, GAppLaunchContext* context, GError** err) launchUris; 2920 /** 2921 * 2922 * Params: 2923 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2924 * Returns: %TRUE if the @appinfo should be shown, %FALSE otherwise. 2925 */ 2926 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) shouldShow; 2927 /** 2928 * 2929 * Params: 2930 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2931 * contentType = the content type. 2932 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2933 * 2934 * Throws: GException on failure. 2935 */ 2936 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsDefaultForType; 2937 /** 2938 * 2939 * Params: 2940 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2941 * extension = a string containing the file extension 2942 * (without the dot). 2943 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2944 * 2945 * Throws: GException on failure. 2946 */ 2947 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, char* extension, GError** err) setAsDefaultForExtension; 2948 /** 2949 * 2950 * Params: 2951 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2952 * contentType = a string. 2953 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2954 * 2955 * Throws: GException on failure. 2956 */ 2957 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) addSupportsType; 2958 /** 2959 * 2960 * Params: 2961 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2962 * Returns: %TRUE if it is possible to remove supported 2963 * content types from a given @appinfo, %FALSE if not. 2964 */ 2965 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canRemoveSupportsType; 2966 /** 2967 * 2968 * Params: 2969 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2970 * contentType = a string. 2971 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 2972 * 2973 * Throws: GException on failure. 2974 */ 2975 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) removeSupportsType; 2976 /** 2977 * 2978 * Params: 2979 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2980 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted 2981 */ 2982 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) canDelete; 2983 /** 2984 * 2985 * Params: 2986 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo 2987 * Returns: %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted 2988 */ 2989 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo) doDelete; 2990 /** */ 2991 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getCommandline; 2992 /** 2993 * 2994 * Params: 2995 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 2996 * Returns: the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if 2997 * no display name is available. 2998 */ 2999 extern(C) const(char)* function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getDisplayName; 3000 /** 3001 * 3002 * Params: 3003 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo. 3004 * contentType = the content type. 3005 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 3006 * 3007 * Throws: GException on failure. 3008 */ 3009 extern(C) int function(GAppInfo* appinfo, const(char)* contentType, GError** err) setAsLastUsedForType; 3010 /** 3011 * 3012 * Params: 3013 * appinfo = a #GAppInfo that can handle files 3014 * Returns: a list of content types. 3015 */ 3016 extern(C) char** function(GAppInfo* appinfo) getSupportedTypes; 3017 } 3018 3019 struct GAppInfoMonitor; 3020 3021 struct GAppLaunchContext 3022 { 3023 GObject parentInstance; 3024 GAppLaunchContextPrivate* priv; 3025 } 3026 3027 struct GAppLaunchContextClass 3028 { 3029 GObjectClass parentClass; 3030 /** 3031 * 3032 * Params: 3033 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3034 * info = a #GAppInfo 3035 * files = a #GList of #GFile objects 3036 * Returns: a display string for the display. 3037 */ 3038 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getDisplay; 3039 /** 3040 * 3041 * Params: 3042 * context = a #GAppLaunchContext 3043 * info = a #GAppInfo 3044 * files = a #GList of of #GFile objects 3045 * Returns: a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if 3046 * not supported. 3047 */ 3048 extern(C) char* function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GList* files) getStartupNotifyId; 3049 /** */ 3050 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, const(char)* startupNotifyId) launchFailed; 3051 /** */ 3052 extern(C) void function(GAppLaunchContext* context, GAppInfo* info, GVariant* platformData) launched; 3053 /** */ 3054 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3055 /** */ 3056 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3057 /** */ 3058 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3059 /** */ 3060 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3061 } 3062 3063 struct GAppLaunchContextPrivate; 3064 3065 struct GApplication 3066 { 3067 GObject parentInstance; 3068 GApplicationPrivate* priv; 3069 } 3070 3071 /** 3072 * Virtual function table for #GApplication. 3073 * 3074 * Since: 2.28 3075 */ 3076 struct GApplicationClass 3077 { 3078 GObjectClass parentClass; 3079 /** */ 3080 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) startup; 3081 /** */ 3082 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) activate; 3083 /** */ 3084 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GFile** files, int nFiles, const(char)* hint) open; 3085 /** */ 3086 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GApplicationCommandLine* commandLine) commandLine; 3087 /** 3088 * 3089 * Params: 3090 * application = a #GApplication 3091 * arguments = array of command line arguments 3092 * exitStatus = exit status to fill after processing the command line. 3093 * Returns: %TRUE if the commandline has been completely handled 3094 */ 3095 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, char*** arguments, int* exitStatus) localCommandLine; 3096 /** */ 3097 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) beforeEmit; 3098 /** */ 3099 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariant* platformData) afterEmit; 3100 /** */ 3101 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GVariantBuilder* builder) addPlatformData; 3102 /** */ 3103 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) quitMainloop; 3104 /** */ 3105 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) runMainloop; 3106 /** */ 3107 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application) shutdown; 3108 /** */ 3109 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath, GError** err) dbusRegister; 3110 /** */ 3111 extern(C) void function(GApplication* application, GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* objectPath) dbusUnregister; 3112 /** */ 3113 extern(C) int function(GApplication* application, GVariantDict* options) handleLocalOptions; 3114 void*[8] padding; 3115 } 3116 3117 struct GApplicationCommandLine 3118 { 3119 GObject parentInstance; 3120 GApplicationCommandLinePrivate* priv; 3121 } 3122 3123 /** 3124 * The #GApplicationCommandLineClass-struct 3125 * contains private data only. 3126 * 3127 * Since: 2.28 3128 */ 3129 struct GApplicationCommandLineClass 3130 { 3131 GObjectClass parentClass; 3132 /** */ 3133 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printLiteral; 3134 /** */ 3135 extern(C) void function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline, const(char)* message) printerrLiteral; 3136 /** 3137 * 3138 * Params: 3139 * cmdline = a #GApplicationCommandLine 3140 * Returns: a #GInputStream for stdin 3141 */ 3142 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GApplicationCommandLine* cmdline) getStdin; 3143 void*[11] padding; 3144 } 3145 3146 struct GApplicationCommandLinePrivate; 3147 3148 struct GApplicationPrivate; 3149 3150 struct GAsyncInitable; 3151 3152 /** 3153 * Provides an interface for asynchronous initializing object such that 3154 * initialization may fail. 3155 * 3156 * Since: 2.22 3157 */ 3158 struct GAsyncInitableIface 3159 { 3160 /** 3161 * The parent interface. 3162 */ 3163 GTypeInterface gIface; 3164 /** */ 3165 extern(C) void function(GAsyncInitable* initable, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) initAsync; 3166 /** 3167 * 3168 * Params: 3169 * initable = a #GAsyncInitable. 3170 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3171 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function 3172 * will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 3173 * 3174 * Throws: GException on failure. 3175 */ 3176 extern(C) int function(GAsyncInitable* initable, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) initFinish; 3177 } 3178 3179 struct GAsyncResult; 3180 3181 /** 3182 * Interface definition for #GAsyncResult. 3183 */ 3184 struct GAsyncResultIface 3185 { 3186 /** 3187 * The parent interface. 3188 */ 3189 GTypeInterface gIface; 3190 /** 3191 * 3192 * Params: 3193 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 3194 * Returns: the user data for @res. 3195 */ 3196 extern(C) void* function(GAsyncResult* res) getUserData; 3197 /** 3198 * 3199 * Params: 3200 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3201 * Returns: a new reference to the source 3202 * object for the @res, or %NULL if there is none. 3203 */ 3204 extern(C) GObject* function(GAsyncResult* res) getSourceObject; 3205 /** 3206 * 3207 * Params: 3208 * res = a #GAsyncResult 3209 * sourceTag = an application-defined tag 3210 * Returns: %TRUE if @res has the indicated @source_tag, %FALSE if 3211 * not. 3212 */ 3213 extern(C) int function(GAsyncResult* res, void* sourceTag) isTagged; 3214 } 3215 3216 struct GBufferedInputStream 3217 { 3218 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3219 GBufferedInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3220 } 3221 3222 struct GBufferedInputStreamClass 3223 { 3224 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3225 /** 3226 * 3227 * Params: 3228 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3229 * count = the number of bytes that will be read from the stream 3230 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 3231 * Returns: the number of bytes read into @stream's buffer, up to @count, 3232 * or -1 on error. 3233 * 3234 * Throws: GException on failure. 3235 */ 3236 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) fill; 3237 /** */ 3238 extern(C) void function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, ptrdiff_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) fillAsync; 3239 /** 3240 * 3241 * Params: 3242 * stream = a #GBufferedInputStream 3243 * result = a #GAsyncResult 3244 * Returns: a #gssize of the read stream, or `-1` on an error. 3245 * 3246 * Throws: GException on failure. 3247 */ 3248 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GBufferedInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) fillFinish; 3249 /** */ 3250 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3251 /** */ 3252 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3253 /** */ 3254 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3255 /** */ 3256 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3257 /** */ 3258 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3259 } 3260 3261 struct GBufferedInputStreamPrivate; 3262 3263 struct GBufferedOutputStream 3264 { 3265 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3266 GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3267 } 3268 3269 struct GBufferedOutputStreamClass 3270 { 3271 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3272 /** */ 3273 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3274 /** */ 3275 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3276 } 3277 3278 struct GBufferedOutputStreamPrivate; 3279 3280 struct GBytesIcon; 3281 3282 struct GCancellable 3283 { 3284 GObject parentInstance; 3285 GCancellablePrivate* priv; 3286 } 3287 3288 struct GCancellableClass 3289 { 3290 GObjectClass parentClass; 3291 /** */ 3292 extern(C) void function(GCancellable* cancellable) cancelled; 3293 /** */ 3294 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3295 /** */ 3296 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3297 /** */ 3298 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3299 /** */ 3300 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3301 /** */ 3302 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3303 } 3304 3305 struct GCancellablePrivate; 3306 3307 struct GCharsetConverter; 3308 3309 struct GCharsetConverterClass 3310 { 3311 GObjectClass parentClass; 3312 } 3313 3314 struct GConverter; 3315 3316 /** 3317 * Provides an interface for converting data from one type 3318 * to another type. The conversion can be stateful 3319 * and may fail at any place. 3320 * 3321 * Since: 2.24 3322 */ 3323 struct GConverterIface 3324 { 3325 /** 3326 * The parent interface. 3327 */ 3328 GTypeInterface gIface; 3329 /** 3330 * 3331 * Params: 3332 * converter = a #GConverter. 3333 * inbuf = the buffer 3334 * containing the data to convert. 3335 * inbufSize = the number of bytes in @inbuf 3336 * outbuf = a buffer to write 3337 * converted data in. 3338 * outbufSize = the number of bytes in @outbuf, must be at least one 3339 * flags = a #GConverterFlags controlling the conversion details 3340 * bytesRead = will be set to the number of bytes read from @inbuf on success 3341 * bytesWritten = will be set to the number of bytes written to @outbuf on success 3342 * Returns: a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error. 3343 * 3344 * Throws: GException on failure. 3345 */ 3346 extern(C) GConverterResult function(GConverter* converter, void* inbuf, size_t inbufSize, void* outbuf, size_t outbufSize, GConverterFlags flags, size_t* bytesRead, size_t* bytesWritten, GError** err) convert; 3347 /** */ 3348 extern(C) void function(GConverter* converter) reset; 3349 } 3350 3351 struct GConverterInputStream 3352 { 3353 GFilterInputStream parentInstance; 3354 GConverterInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3355 } 3356 3357 struct GConverterInputStreamClass 3358 { 3359 GFilterInputStreamClass parentClass; 3360 /** */ 3361 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3362 /** */ 3363 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3364 /** */ 3365 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3366 /** */ 3367 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3368 /** */ 3369 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3370 } 3371 3372 struct GConverterInputStreamPrivate; 3373 3374 struct GConverterOutputStream 3375 { 3376 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 3377 GConverterOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 3378 } 3379 3380 struct GConverterOutputStreamClass 3381 { 3382 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 3383 /** */ 3384 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 3385 /** */ 3386 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 3387 /** */ 3388 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 3389 /** */ 3390 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 3391 /** */ 3392 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 3393 } 3394 3395 struct GConverterOutputStreamPrivate; 3396 3397 struct GCredentials; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * Class structure for #GCredentials. 3401 * 3402 * Since: 2.26 3403 */ 3404 struct GCredentialsClass; 3405 3406 struct GDBusActionGroup; 3407 3408 struct GDBusAnnotationInfo 3409 { 3410 /** 3411 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3412 */ 3413 int refCount; 3414 /** 3415 * The name of the annotation, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Deprecated". 3416 */ 3417 char* key; 3418 /** 3419 * The value of the annotation. 3420 */ 3421 char* value; 3422 /** 3423 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3424 */ 3425 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3426 } 3427 3428 struct GDBusArgInfo 3429 { 3430 /** 3431 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3432 */ 3433 int refCount; 3434 /** 3435 * Name of the argument, e.g. @unix_user_id. 3436 */ 3437 char* name; 3438 /** 3439 * D-Bus signature of the argument (a single complete type). 3440 */ 3441 char* signature; 3442 /** 3443 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3444 */ 3445 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3446 } 3447 3448 struct GDBusAuthObserver; 3449 3450 struct GDBusConnection; 3451 3452 /** 3453 * Struct used in g_dbus_error_register_error_domain(). 3454 * 3455 * Since: 2.26 3456 */ 3457 struct GDBusErrorEntry 3458 { 3459 /** 3460 * An error code. 3461 */ 3462 int errorCode; 3463 /** 3464 * The D-Bus error name to associate with @error_code. 3465 */ 3466 const(char)* dbusErrorName; 3467 } 3468 3469 struct GDBusInterface; 3470 3471 /** 3472 * Base type for D-Bus interfaces. 3473 * 3474 * Since: 2.30 3475 */ 3476 struct GDBusInterfaceIface 3477 { 3478 /** 3479 * The parent interface. 3480 */ 3481 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3482 /** 3483 * 3484 * Params: 3485 * iface = An exported D-Bus interface. 3486 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo. Do not free. 3487 */ 3488 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterface* iface) getInfo; 3489 /** 3490 * 3491 * Params: 3492 * iface = An exported D-Bus interface 3493 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3494 * reference belongs to @interface_ and should not be freed. 3495 */ 3496 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* iface) getObject; 3497 /** */ 3498 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterface* iface, GDBusObject* object) setObject; 3499 /** 3500 * 3501 * Params: 3502 * iface = An exported D-Bus interface. 3503 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. The returned 3504 * reference should be freed with g_object_unref(). 3505 */ 3506 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusInterface* iface) dupObject; 3507 } 3508 3509 struct GDBusInterfaceInfo 3510 { 3511 /** 3512 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3513 */ 3514 int refCount; 3515 /** 3516 * The name of the D-Bus interface, e.g. "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3517 */ 3518 char* name; 3519 /** 3520 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusMethodInfo structures or %NULL if there are no methods. 3521 */ 3522 GDBusMethodInfo** methods; 3523 /** 3524 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusSignalInfo structures or %NULL if there are no signals. 3525 */ 3526 GDBusSignalInfo** signals; 3527 /** 3528 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusPropertyInfo structures or %NULL if there are no properties. 3529 */ 3530 GDBusPropertyInfo** properties; 3531 /** 3532 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3533 */ 3534 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3535 } 3536 3537 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeleton 3538 { 3539 GObject parentInstance; 3540 GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate* priv; 3541 } 3542 3543 /** 3544 * Class structure for #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3545 * 3546 * Since: 2.30 3547 */ 3548 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonClass 3549 { 3550 /** 3551 * The parent class. 3552 */ 3553 GObjectClass parentClass; 3554 /** 3555 * 3556 * Params: 3557 * iface = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3558 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceInfo (never %NULL). Do not free. 3559 */ 3560 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) getInfo; 3561 /** 3562 * 3563 * Params: 3564 * iface = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3565 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). 3566 */ 3567 extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) getVtable; 3568 /** 3569 * 3570 * Params: 3571 * iface = A #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton. 3572 * Returns: A #GVariant of type 3573 * ['a{sv}'][G-VARIANT-TYPE-VARDICT:CAPS]. 3574 * Free with g_variant_unref(). 3575 */ 3576 extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) getProperties; 3577 /** */ 3578 extern(C) void function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface) flush; 3579 void*[8] vfuncPadding; 3580 /** */ 3581 extern(C) int function(GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) gAuthorizeMethod; 3582 void*[8] signalPadding; 3583 } 3584 3585 struct GDBusInterfaceSkeletonPrivate; 3586 3587 /** 3588 * Virtual table for handling properties and method calls for a D-Bus 3589 * interface. 3590 * 3591 * Since 2.38, if you want to handle getting/setting D-Bus properties 3592 * asynchronously, give %NULL as your get_property() or set_property() 3593 * function. The D-Bus call will be directed to your @method_call function, 3594 * with the provided @interface_name set to "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties". 3595 * 3596 * Ownership of the #GDBusMethodInvocation object passed to the 3597 * method_call() function is transferred to your handler; you must 3598 * call one of the methods of #GDBusMethodInvocation to return a reply 3599 * (possibly empty), or an error. These functions also take ownership 3600 * of the passed-in invocation object, so unless the invocation 3601 * object has otherwise been referenced, it will be then be freed. 3602 * Calling one of these functions may be done within your 3603 * method_call() implementation but it also can be done at a later 3604 * point to handle the method asynchronously. 3605 * 3606 * The usual checks on the validity of the calls is performed. For 3607 * `Get` calls, an error is automatically returned if the property does 3608 * not exist or the permissions do not allow access. The same checks are 3609 * performed for `Set` calls, and the provided value is also checked for 3610 * being the correct type. 3611 * 3612 * For both `Get` and `Set` calls, the #GDBusMethodInvocation 3613 * passed to the @method_call handler can be queried with 3614 * g_dbus_method_invocation_get_property_info() to get a pointer 3615 * to the #GDBusPropertyInfo of the property. 3616 * 3617 * If you have readable properties specified in your interface info, 3618 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @get_property() 3619 * function or provide implementations of both the `Get` and `GetAll` 3620 * methods on org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface in your @method_call 3621 * function. Note that the required return type of the `Get` call is 3622 * `(v)`, not the type of the property. `GetAll` expects a return value 3623 * of type `a{sv}`. 3624 * 3625 * If you have writable properties specified in your interface info, 3626 * you must ensure that you either provide a non-%NULL @set_property() 3627 * function or provide an implementation of the `Set` call. If implementing 3628 * the call, you must return the value of type %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT. 3629 * 3630 * Since: 2.26 3631 */ 3632 struct GDBusInterfaceVTable 3633 { 3634 /** 3635 * Function for handling incoming method calls. 3636 */ 3637 GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc methodCall; 3638 /** 3639 * Function for getting a property. 3640 */ 3641 GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc getProperty; 3642 /** 3643 * Function for setting a property. 3644 */ 3645 GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc setProperty; 3646 void*[8] padding; 3647 } 3648 3649 struct GDBusMenuModel; 3650 3651 struct GDBusMessage; 3652 3653 struct GDBusMethodInfo 3654 { 3655 /** 3656 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3657 */ 3658 int refCount; 3659 /** 3660 * The name of the D-Bus method, e.g. @RequestName. 3661 */ 3662 char* name; 3663 /** 3664 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no in arguments. 3665 */ 3666 GDBusArgInfo** inArgs; 3667 /** 3668 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no out arguments. 3669 */ 3670 GDBusArgInfo** outArgs; 3671 /** 3672 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3673 */ 3674 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3675 } 3676 3677 struct GDBusMethodInvocation; 3678 3679 struct GDBusNodeInfo 3680 { 3681 /** 3682 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3683 */ 3684 int refCount; 3685 /** 3686 * The path of the node or %NULL if omitted. Note that this may be a relative path. See the D-Bus specification for more details. 3687 */ 3688 char* path; 3689 /** 3690 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo structures or %NULL if there are no interfaces. 3691 */ 3692 GDBusInterfaceInfo** interfaces; 3693 /** 3694 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusNodeInfo structures or %NULL if there are no nodes. 3695 */ 3696 GDBusNodeInfo** nodes; 3697 /** 3698 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3699 */ 3700 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3701 } 3702 3703 struct GDBusObject; 3704 3705 /** 3706 * Base object type for D-Bus objects. 3707 * 3708 * Since: 2.30 3709 */ 3710 struct GDBusObjectIface 3711 { 3712 /** 3713 * The parent interface. 3714 */ 3715 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3716 /** 3717 * 3718 * Params: 3719 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3720 * Returns: A string owned by @object. Do not free. 3721 */ 3722 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObject* object) getObjectPath; 3723 /** 3724 * 3725 * Params: 3726 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3727 * Returns: A list of #GDBusInterface instances. 3728 * The returned list must be freed by g_list_free() after each element has been freed 3729 * with g_object_unref(). 3730 */ 3731 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObject* object) getInterfaces; 3732 /** 3733 * 3734 * Params: 3735 * object = A #GDBusObject. 3736 * interfaceName = A D-Bus interface name. 3737 * Returns: %NULL if not found, otherwise a 3738 * #GDBusInterface that must be freed with g_object_unref(). 3739 */ 3740 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObject* object, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 3741 /** */ 3742 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceAdded; 3743 /** */ 3744 extern(C) void function(GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceRemoved; 3745 } 3746 3747 struct GDBusObjectManager; 3748 3749 struct GDBusObjectManagerClient 3750 { 3751 GObject parentInstance; 3752 GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate* priv; 3753 } 3754 3755 /** 3756 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 3757 * 3758 * Since: 2.30 3759 */ 3760 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientClass 3761 { 3762 /** 3763 * The parent class. 3764 */ 3765 GObjectClass parentClass; 3766 /** */ 3767 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) interfaceProxySignal; 3768 /** */ 3769 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, GDBusObjectProxy* objectProxy, GDBusProxy* interfaceProxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) interfaceProxyPropertiesChanged; 3770 void*[8] padding; 3771 } 3772 3773 struct GDBusObjectManagerClientPrivate; 3774 3775 /** 3776 * Base type for D-Bus object managers. 3777 * 3778 * Since: 2.30 3779 */ 3780 struct GDBusObjectManagerIface 3781 { 3782 /** 3783 * The parent interface. 3784 */ 3785 GTypeInterface parentIface; 3786 /** 3787 * 3788 * Params: 3789 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3790 * Returns: A string owned by @manager. Do not free. 3791 */ 3792 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjectPath; 3793 /** 3794 * 3795 * Params: 3796 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3797 * Returns: A list of 3798 * #GDBusObject objects. The returned list should be freed with 3799 * g_list_free() after each element has been freed with 3800 * g_object_unref(). 3801 */ 3802 extern(C) GList* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager) getObjects; 3803 /** 3804 * 3805 * Params: 3806 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3807 * objectPath = Object path to lookup. 3808 * Returns: A #GDBusObject or %NULL. Free with 3809 * g_object_unref(). 3810 */ 3811 extern(C) GDBusObject* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath) getObject; 3812 /** 3813 * 3814 * Params: 3815 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManager. 3816 * objectPath = Object path to lookup. 3817 * interfaceName = D-Bus interface name to lookup. 3818 * Returns: A #GDBusInterface instance or %NULL. Free 3819 * with g_object_unref(). 3820 */ 3821 extern(C) GDBusInterface* function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName) getInterface; 3822 /** */ 3823 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectAdded; 3824 /** */ 3825 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object) objectRemoved; 3826 /** */ 3827 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceAdded; 3828 /** */ 3829 extern(C) void function(GDBusObjectManager* manager, GDBusObject* object, GDBusInterface* iface) interfaceRemoved; 3830 } 3831 3832 struct GDBusObjectManagerServer 3833 { 3834 GObject parentInstance; 3835 GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate* priv; 3836 } 3837 3838 /** 3839 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectManagerServer. 3840 * 3841 * Since: 2.30 3842 */ 3843 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerClass 3844 { 3845 /** 3846 * The parent class. 3847 */ 3848 GObjectClass parentClass; 3849 void*[8] padding; 3850 } 3851 3852 struct GDBusObjectManagerServerPrivate; 3853 3854 struct GDBusObjectProxy 3855 { 3856 GObject parentInstance; 3857 GDBusObjectProxyPrivate* priv; 3858 } 3859 3860 /** 3861 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectProxy. 3862 * 3863 * Since: 2.30 3864 */ 3865 struct GDBusObjectProxyClass 3866 { 3867 /** 3868 * The parent class. 3869 */ 3870 GObjectClass parentClass; 3871 void*[8] padding; 3872 } 3873 3874 struct GDBusObjectProxyPrivate; 3875 3876 struct GDBusObjectSkeleton 3877 { 3878 GObject parentInstance; 3879 GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate* priv; 3880 } 3881 3882 /** 3883 * Class structure for #GDBusObjectSkeleton. 3884 * 3885 * Since: 2.30 3886 */ 3887 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonClass 3888 { 3889 /** 3890 * The parent class. 3891 */ 3892 GObjectClass parentClass; 3893 /** */ 3894 extern(C) int function(GDBusObjectSkeleton* object, GDBusInterfaceSkeleton* iface, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation) authorizeMethod; 3895 void*[8] padding; 3896 } 3897 3898 struct GDBusObjectSkeletonPrivate; 3899 3900 struct GDBusPropertyInfo 3901 { 3902 /** 3903 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3904 */ 3905 int refCount; 3906 /** 3907 * The name of the D-Bus property, e.g. "SupportedFilesystems". 3908 */ 3909 char* name; 3910 /** 3911 * The D-Bus signature of the property (a single complete type). 3912 */ 3913 char* signature; 3914 /** 3915 * Access control flags for the property. 3916 */ 3917 GDBusPropertyInfoFlags flags; 3918 /** 3919 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3920 */ 3921 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3922 } 3923 3924 struct GDBusProxy 3925 { 3926 GObject parentInstance; 3927 GDBusProxyPrivate* priv; 3928 } 3929 3930 /** 3931 * Class structure for #GDBusProxy. 3932 * 3933 * Since: 2.26 3934 */ 3935 struct GDBusProxyClass 3936 { 3937 GObjectClass parentClass; 3938 /** */ 3939 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, GVariant* changedProperties, const(char)* invalidatedProperties) gPropertiesChanged; 3940 /** */ 3941 extern(C) void function(GDBusProxy* proxy, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters) gSignal; 3942 void*[32] padding; 3943 } 3944 3945 struct GDBusProxyPrivate; 3946 3947 struct GDBusServer; 3948 3949 struct GDBusSignalInfo 3950 { 3951 /** 3952 * The reference count or -1 if statically allocated. 3953 */ 3954 int refCount; 3955 /** 3956 * The name of the D-Bus signal, e.g. "NameOwnerChanged". 3957 */ 3958 char* name; 3959 /** 3960 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusArgInfo structures or %NULL if there are no arguments. 3961 */ 3962 GDBusArgInfo** args; 3963 /** 3964 * A pointer to a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusAnnotationInfo structures or %NULL if there are no annotations. 3965 */ 3966 GDBusAnnotationInfo** annotations; 3967 } 3968 3969 /** 3970 * Virtual table for handling subtrees registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 3971 * 3972 * Since: 2.26 3973 */ 3974 struct GDBusSubtreeVTable 3975 { 3976 /** 3977 * Function for enumerating child nodes. 3978 */ 3979 GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc enumerate; 3980 /** 3981 * Function for introspecting a child node. 3982 */ 3983 GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc introspect; 3984 /** 3985 * Function for dispatching a remote call on a child node. 3986 */ 3987 GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc dispatch; 3988 void*[8] padding; 3989 } 3990 3991 struct GDataInputStream 3992 { 3993 GBufferedInputStream parentInstance; 3994 GDataInputStreamPrivate* priv; 3995 } 3996 3997 struct GDataInputStreamClass 3998 { 3999 GBufferedInputStreamClass parentClass; 4000 /** */ 4001 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4002 /** */ 4003 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4004 /** */ 4005 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4006 /** */ 4007 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4008 /** */ 4009 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4010 } 4011 4012 struct GDataInputStreamPrivate; 4013 4014 struct GDataOutputStream 4015 { 4016 GFilterOutputStream parentInstance; 4017 GDataOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 4018 } 4019 4020 struct GDataOutputStreamClass 4021 { 4022 GFilterOutputStreamClass parentClass; 4023 /** */ 4024 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4025 /** */ 4026 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4027 /** */ 4028 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4029 /** */ 4030 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4031 /** */ 4032 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4033 } 4034 4035 struct GDataOutputStreamPrivate; 4036 4037 struct GDatagramBased; 4038 4039 /** 4040 * Provides an interface for socket-like objects which have datagram semantics, 4041 * following the Berkeley sockets API. The interface methods are thin wrappers 4042 * around the corresponding virtual methods, and no pre-processing of inputs is 4043 * implemented — so implementations of this API must handle all functionality 4044 * documented in the interface methods. 4045 * 4046 * Since: 2.48 4047 */ 4048 struct GDatagramBasedInterface 4049 { 4050 /** 4051 * The parent interface. 4052 */ 4053 GTypeInterface gIface; 4054 /** 4055 * 4056 * Params: 4057 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4058 * messages = an array of #GInputMessage structs 4059 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4060 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags for the overall operation 4061 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4062 * to block indefinitely 4063 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4064 * Returns: number of messages received, or -1 on error. Note that the number 4065 * of messages received may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is 4066 * zero or positive, if the peer closed the connection, or if @num_messages 4067 * was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in which case the caller may re-try 4068 * to receive the remaining messages. 4069 * 4070 * Throws: GException on failure. 4071 */ 4072 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GInputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) receiveMessages; 4073 /** 4074 * 4075 * Params: 4076 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4077 * messages = an array of #GOutputMessage structs 4078 * numMessages = the number of elements in @messages 4079 * flags = an int containing #GSocketMsgFlags flags 4080 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4081 * to block indefinitely 4082 * cancellable = a %GCancellable 4083 * Returns: number of messages sent, or -1 on error. Note that the number of 4084 * messages sent may be smaller than @num_messages if @timeout is zero 4085 * or positive, or if @num_messages was larger than `UIO_MAXIOV` (1024), in 4086 * which case the caller may re-try to send the remaining messages. 4087 * 4088 * Throws: GException on failure. 4089 */ 4090 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GOutputMessage* messages, uint numMessages, int flags, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) sendMessages; 4091 /** 4092 * 4093 * Params: 4094 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4095 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to monitor 4096 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4097 * Returns: a newly allocated #GSource 4098 */ 4099 extern(C) GSource* function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 4100 /** 4101 * 4102 * Params: 4103 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4104 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to check 4105 * Returns: the #GIOCondition mask of the current state 4106 */ 4107 extern(C) GIOCondition function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition) conditionCheck; 4108 /** 4109 * 4110 * Params: 4111 * datagramBased = a #GDatagramBased 4112 * condition = a #GIOCondition mask to wait for 4113 * timeout = the maximum time (in microseconds) to wait, 0 to not block, or -1 4114 * to block indefinitely 4115 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 4116 * Returns: %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise 4117 * 4118 * Throws: GException on failure. 4119 */ 4120 extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, long timeout, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) conditionWait; 4121 } 4122 4123 struct GDesktopAppInfo; 4124 4125 struct GDesktopAppInfoClass 4126 { 4127 GObjectClass parentClass; 4128 } 4129 4130 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookup; 4131 4132 /** 4133 * Interface that is used by backends to associate default 4134 * handlers with URI schemes. 4135 */ 4136 struct GDesktopAppInfoLookupIface 4137 { 4138 GTypeInterface gIface; 4139 /** 4140 * 4141 * Params: 4142 * lookup = a #GDesktopAppInfoLookup 4143 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme. 4144 * Returns: #GAppInfo for given @uri_scheme or %NULL on error. 4145 */ 4146 extern(C) GAppInfo* function(GDesktopAppInfoLookup* lookup, const(char)* uriScheme) getDefaultForUriScheme; 4147 } 4148 4149 struct GDrive; 4150 4151 /** 4152 * Interface for creating #GDrive implementations. 4153 */ 4154 struct GDriveIface 4155 { 4156 /** 4157 * The parent interface. 4158 */ 4159 GTypeInterface gIface; 4160 /** */ 4161 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) changed; 4162 /** */ 4163 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) disconnected; 4164 /** */ 4165 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) ejectButton; 4166 /** 4167 * 4168 * Params: 4169 * drive = a #GDrive. 4170 * Returns: a string containing @drive's name. The returned 4171 * string should be freed when no longer needed. 4172 */ 4173 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive) getName; 4174 /** 4175 * 4176 * Params: 4177 * drive = a #GDrive. 4178 * Returns: #GIcon for the @drive. 4179 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4180 */ 4181 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getIcon; 4182 /** 4183 * 4184 * Params: 4185 * drive = a #GDrive. 4186 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive contains volumes, %FALSE otherwise. 4187 */ 4188 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasVolumes; 4189 /** 4190 * 4191 * Params: 4192 * drive = a #GDrive. 4193 * Returns: #GList containing any #GVolume objects on the given @drive. 4194 */ 4195 extern(C) GList* function(GDrive* drive) getVolumes; 4196 /** 4197 * 4198 * Params: 4199 * drive = a #GDrive. 4200 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive supports removable media, %FALSE otherwise. 4201 */ 4202 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaRemovable; 4203 /** 4204 * 4205 * Params: 4206 * drive = a #GDrive. 4207 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive has media, %FALSE otherwise. 4208 */ 4209 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) hasMedia; 4210 /** 4211 * 4212 * Params: 4213 * drive = a #GDrive. 4214 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive is capabable of automatically detecting 4215 * media changes, %FALSE otherwise. 4216 */ 4217 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isMediaCheckAutomatic; 4218 /** 4219 * 4220 * Params: 4221 * drive = a #GDrive. 4222 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be ejected, %FALSE otherwise. 4223 */ 4224 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canEject; 4225 /** 4226 * 4227 * Params: 4228 * drive = a #GDrive. 4229 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be polled for media changes, 4230 * %FALSE otherwise. 4231 */ 4232 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canPollForMedia; 4233 /** */ 4234 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 4235 /** 4236 * 4237 * Params: 4238 * drive = a #GDrive. 4239 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4240 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully, 4241 * %FALSE otherwise. 4242 * 4243 * Throws: GException on failure. 4244 */ 4245 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 4246 /** */ 4247 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollForMedia; 4248 /** 4249 * 4250 * Params: 4251 * drive = a #GDrive. 4252 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4253 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been poll_for_mediaed successfully, 4254 * %FALSE otherwise. 4255 * 4256 * Throws: GException on failure. 4257 */ 4258 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollForMediaFinish; 4259 /** 4260 * 4261 * Params: 4262 * drive = a #GDrive 4263 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 4264 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 4265 * requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive 4266 * doesn't have this kind of identifier. 4267 */ 4268 extern(C) char* function(GDrive* drive, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 4269 /** 4270 * 4271 * Params: 4272 * drive = a #GDrive 4273 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated 4274 * array of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() 4275 * to free. 4276 */ 4277 extern(C) char** function(GDrive* drive) enumerateIdentifiers; 4278 /** 4279 * 4280 * Params: 4281 * drive = a #GDrive. 4282 * Returns: A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration. 4283 */ 4284 extern(C) GDriveStartStopType function(GDrive* drive) getStartStopType; 4285 /** 4286 * 4287 * Params: 4288 * drive = a #GDrive. 4289 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise. 4290 */ 4291 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStart; 4292 /** 4293 * 4294 * Params: 4295 * drive = a #GDrive. 4296 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise. 4297 */ 4298 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStartDegraded; 4299 /** */ 4300 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) start; 4301 /** 4302 * 4303 * Params: 4304 * drive = a #GDrive. 4305 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4306 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully, 4307 * %FALSE otherwise. 4308 * 4309 * Throws: GException on failure. 4310 */ 4311 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startFinish; 4312 /** 4313 * 4314 * Params: 4315 * drive = a #GDrive. 4316 * Returns: %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise. 4317 */ 4318 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) canStop; 4319 /** */ 4320 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stop; 4321 /** 4322 * 4323 * Params: 4324 * drive = a #GDrive. 4325 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4326 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully, 4327 * %FALSE otherwise. 4328 * 4329 * Throws: GException on failure. 4330 */ 4331 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopFinish; 4332 /** */ 4333 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive) stopButton; 4334 /** */ 4335 extern(C) void function(GDrive* drive, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 4336 /** 4337 * 4338 * Params: 4339 * drive = a #GDrive. 4340 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4341 * Returns: %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 4342 * 4343 * Throws: GException on failure. 4344 */ 4345 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 4346 /** 4347 * 4348 * Params: 4349 * drive = A #GDrive. 4350 * Returns: Sorting key for @drive or %NULL if no such key is available. 4351 */ 4352 extern(C) const(char)* function(GDrive* drive) getSortKey; 4353 /** 4354 * 4355 * Params: 4356 * drive = a #GDrive. 4357 * Returns: symbolic #GIcon for the @drive. 4358 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4359 */ 4360 extern(C) GIcon* function(GDrive* drive) getSymbolicIcon; 4361 /** 4362 * 4363 * Params: 4364 * drive = a #GDrive. 4365 * Returns: %TRUE if @drive and/or its media is considered removable, %FALSE otherwise. 4366 */ 4367 extern(C) int function(GDrive* drive) isRemovable; 4368 } 4369 4370 struct GDtlsClientConnection; 4371 4372 /** 4373 * vtable for a #GDtlsClientConnection implementation. 4374 * 4375 * Since: 2.48 4376 */ 4377 struct GDtlsClientConnectionInterface 4378 { 4379 /** 4380 * The parent interface. 4381 */ 4382 GTypeInterface gIface; 4383 } 4384 4385 struct GDtlsConnection; 4386 4387 /** 4388 * Virtual method table for a #GDtlsConnection implementation. 4389 * 4390 * Since: 2.48 4391 */ 4392 struct GDtlsConnectionInterface 4393 { 4394 /** 4395 * The parent interface. 4396 */ 4397 GTypeInterface gIface; 4398 /** */ 4399 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 4400 /** 4401 * 4402 * Params: 4403 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4404 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4405 * Returns: success or failure 4406 * 4407 * Throws: GException on failure. 4408 */ 4409 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 4410 /** */ 4411 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 4412 /** 4413 * 4414 * Params: 4415 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4416 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4417 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4418 * case @error will be set. 4419 * 4420 * Throws: GException on failure. 4421 */ 4422 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 4423 /** 4424 * 4425 * Params: 4426 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4427 * shutdownRead = %TRUE to stop reception of incoming datagrams 4428 * shutdownWrite = %TRUE to stop sending outgoing datagrams 4429 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 4430 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise 4431 * 4432 * Throws: GException on failure. 4433 */ 4434 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) shutdown; 4435 /** */ 4436 extern(C) void function(GDtlsConnection* conn, int shutdownRead, int shutdownWrite, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) shutdownAsync; 4437 /** 4438 * 4439 * Params: 4440 * conn = a #GDtlsConnection 4441 * result = a #GAsyncResult 4442 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 4443 * case @error will be set 4444 * 4445 * Throws: GException on failure. 4446 */ 4447 extern(C) int function(GDtlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) shutdownFinish; 4448 } 4449 4450 struct GDtlsServerConnection; 4451 4452 /** 4453 * vtable for a #GDtlsServerConnection implementation. 4454 * 4455 * Since: 2.48 4456 */ 4457 struct GDtlsServerConnectionInterface 4458 { 4459 /** 4460 * The parent interface. 4461 */ 4462 GTypeInterface gIface; 4463 } 4464 4465 struct GEmblem; 4466 4467 struct GEmblemClass; 4468 4469 struct GEmblemedIcon 4470 { 4471 GObject parentInstance; 4472 GEmblemedIconPrivate* priv; 4473 } 4474 4475 struct GEmblemedIconClass 4476 { 4477 GObjectClass parentClass; 4478 } 4479 4480 struct GEmblemedIconPrivate; 4481 4482 struct GFile; 4483 4484 /** 4485 * Information about a specific attribute. 4486 */ 4487 struct GFileAttributeInfo 4488 { 4489 /** 4490 * the name of the attribute. 4491 */ 4492 char* name; 4493 /** 4494 * the #GFileAttributeType type of the attribute. 4495 */ 4496 GFileAttributeType type; 4497 /** 4498 * a set of #GFileAttributeInfoFlags. 4499 */ 4500 GFileAttributeInfoFlags flags; 4501 } 4502 4503 struct GFileAttributeInfoList 4504 { 4505 /** 4506 * an array of #GFileAttributeInfos. 4507 */ 4508 GFileAttributeInfo* infos; 4509 /** 4510 * the number of values in the array. 4511 */ 4512 int nInfos; 4513 } 4514 4515 struct GFileAttributeMatcher; 4516 4517 struct GFileDescriptorBased; 4518 4519 /** 4520 * An interface for file descriptor based io objects. 4521 */ 4522 struct GFileDescriptorBasedIface 4523 { 4524 /** 4525 * The parent interface. 4526 */ 4527 GTypeInterface gIface; 4528 /** 4529 * 4530 * Params: 4531 * fdBased = a #GFileDescriptorBased. 4532 * Returns: The file descriptor 4533 */ 4534 extern(C) int function(GFileDescriptorBased* fdBased) getFd; 4535 } 4536 4537 struct GFileEnumerator 4538 { 4539 GObject parentInstance; 4540 GFileEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 4541 } 4542 4543 struct GFileEnumeratorClass 4544 { 4545 GObjectClass parentClass; 4546 /** 4547 * 4548 * Params: 4549 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4550 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4551 * Returns: A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error 4552 * or end of enumerator. Free the returned object with 4553 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 4554 * 4555 * Throws: GException on failure. 4556 */ 4557 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) nextFile; 4558 /** */ 4559 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 4560 /** */ 4561 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int numFiles, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextFilesAsync; 4562 /** 4563 * 4564 * Params: 4565 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4566 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4567 * Returns: a #GList of #GFileInfos. You must free the list with 4568 * g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're 4569 * done with them. 4570 * 4571 * Throws: GException on failure. 4572 */ 4573 extern(C) GList* function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFilesFinish; 4574 /** */ 4575 extern(C) void function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 4576 /** 4577 * 4578 * Params: 4579 * enumerator = a #GFileEnumerator. 4580 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4581 * Returns: %TRUE if the close operation has finished successfully. 4582 * 4583 * Throws: GException on failure. 4584 */ 4585 extern(C) int function(GFileEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 4586 /** */ 4587 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4588 /** */ 4589 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4590 /** */ 4591 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4592 /** */ 4593 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4594 /** */ 4595 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4596 /** */ 4597 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 4598 /** */ 4599 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 4600 } 4601 4602 struct GFileEnumeratorPrivate; 4603 4604 struct GFileIOStream 4605 { 4606 GIOStream parentInstance; 4607 GFileIOStreamPrivate* priv; 4608 } 4609 4610 struct GFileIOStreamClass 4611 { 4612 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 4613 /** */ 4614 extern(C) long function(GFileIOStream* stream) tell; 4615 /** */ 4616 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canSeek; 4617 /** */ 4618 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 4619 /** */ 4620 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream) canTruncate; 4621 /** */ 4622 extern(C) int function(GFileIOStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 4623 /** 4624 * 4625 * Params: 4626 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4627 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 4628 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 4629 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 4630 * 4631 * Throws: GException on failure. 4632 */ 4633 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 4634 /** */ 4635 extern(C) void function(GFileIOStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 4636 /** 4637 * 4638 * Params: 4639 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4640 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 4641 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 4642 * 4643 * Throws: GException on failure. 4644 */ 4645 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 4646 /** 4647 * 4648 * Params: 4649 * stream = a #GFileIOStream. 4650 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 4651 */ 4652 extern(C) char* function(GFileIOStream* stream) getEtag; 4653 /** */ 4654 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 4655 /** */ 4656 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 4657 /** */ 4658 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 4659 /** */ 4660 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 4661 /** */ 4662 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 4663 } 4664 4665 struct GFileIOStreamPrivate; 4666 4667 struct GFileIcon; 4668 4669 struct GFileIconClass; 4670 4671 /** 4672 * An interface for writing VFS file handles. 4673 */ 4674 struct GFileIface 4675 { 4676 /** 4677 * The parent interface. 4678 */ 4679 GTypeInterface gIface; 4680 /** 4681 * 4682 * Params: 4683 * file = input #GFile 4684 * Returns: a new #GFile that is a duplicate 4685 * of the given #GFile. 4686 */ 4687 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) dup; 4688 /** 4689 * 4690 * Params: 4691 * file = #gconstpointer to a #GFile 4692 * Returns: 0 if @file is not a valid #GFile, otherwise an 4693 * integer that can be used as hash value for the #GFile. 4694 * This function is intended for easily hashing a #GFile to 4695 * add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 4696 */ 4697 extern(C) uint function(GFile* file) hash; 4698 /** 4699 * 4700 * Params: 4701 * file1 = the first #GFile 4702 * file2 = the second #GFile 4703 * Returns: %TRUE if @file1 and @file2 are equal. 4704 */ 4705 extern(C) int function(GFile* file1, GFile* file2) equal; 4706 /** 4707 * 4708 * Params: 4709 * file = input #GFile 4710 * Returns: %TRUE if @file is native 4711 */ 4712 extern(C) int function(GFile* file) isNative; 4713 /** 4714 * 4715 * Params: 4716 * file = input #GFile 4717 * uriScheme = a string containing a URI scheme 4718 * Returns: %TRUE if #GFile's backend supports the 4719 * given URI scheme, %FALSE if URI scheme is %NULL, 4720 * not supported, or #GFile is invalid. 4721 */ 4722 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* uriScheme) hasUriScheme; 4723 /** 4724 * 4725 * Params: 4726 * file = input #GFile 4727 * Returns: a string containing the URI scheme for the given 4728 * #GFile. The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4729 * when no longer needed. 4730 */ 4731 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUriScheme; 4732 /** */ 4733 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getBasename; 4734 /** */ 4735 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getPath; 4736 /** 4737 * 4738 * Params: 4739 * file = input #GFile 4740 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's URI. 4741 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4742 * when no longer needed. 4743 */ 4744 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getUri; 4745 /** 4746 * 4747 * Params: 4748 * file = input #GFile 4749 * Returns: a string containing the #GFile's parse name. 4750 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 4751 * when no longer needed. 4752 */ 4753 extern(C) char* function(GFile* file) getParseName; 4754 /** 4755 * 4756 * Params: 4757 * file = input #GFile 4758 * Returns: a #GFile structure to the 4759 * parent of the given #GFile or %NULL if there is no parent. Free 4760 * the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4761 */ 4762 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file) getParent; 4763 /** 4764 * 4765 * Params: 4766 * prefix = input #GFile 4767 * file = input #GFile 4768 * Returns: %TRUE if the @files's parent, grandparent, etc is @prefix, 4769 * %FALSE otherwise. 4770 */ 4771 extern(C) int function(GFile* prefix, GFile* file) prefixMatches; 4772 /** */ 4773 extern(C) char* function(GFile* parent, GFile* descendant) getRelativePath; 4774 /** 4775 * 4776 * Params: 4777 * file = input #GFile 4778 * relativePath = a given relative path string 4779 * Returns: #GFile to the resolved path. 4780 * %NULL if @relative_path is %NULL or if @file is invalid. 4781 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4782 */ 4783 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, char* relativePath) resolveRelativePath; 4784 /** 4785 * 4786 * Params: 4787 * file = input #GFile 4788 * displayName = string to a possible child 4789 * Returns: a #GFile to the specified child, or 4790 * %NULL if the display name couldn't be converted. 4791 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4792 * 4793 * Throws: GException on failure. 4794 */ 4795 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GError** err) getChildForDisplayName; 4796 /** 4797 * 4798 * Params: 4799 * file = input #GFile 4800 * attributes = an attribute query string 4801 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4802 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4803 * %NULL to ignore 4804 * Returns: A #GFileEnumerator if successful, 4805 * %NULL on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4806 * 4807 * Throws: GException on failure. 4808 */ 4809 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) enumerateChildren; 4810 /** */ 4811 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) enumerateChildrenAsync; 4812 /** 4813 * 4814 * Params: 4815 * file = input #GFile 4816 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4817 * Returns: a #GFileEnumerator or %NULL 4818 * if an error occurred. 4819 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4820 * 4821 * Throws: GException on failure. 4822 */ 4823 extern(C) GFileEnumerator* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) enumerateChildrenFinish; 4824 /** 4825 * 4826 * Params: 4827 * file = input #GFile 4828 * attributes = an attribute query string 4829 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4830 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4831 * %NULL to ignore 4832 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the given @file, or %NULL 4833 * on error. Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4834 * 4835 * Throws: GException on failure. 4836 */ 4837 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 4838 /** */ 4839 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 4840 /** 4841 * 4842 * Params: 4843 * file = input #GFile 4844 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4845 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 4846 * or %NULL on error. Free the returned object with 4847 * g_object_unref(). 4848 * 4849 * Throws: GException on failure. 4850 */ 4851 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 4852 /** 4853 * 4854 * Params: 4855 * file = input #GFile 4856 * attributes = an attribute query string 4857 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4858 * %NULL to ignore 4859 * Returns: a #GFileInfo or %NULL if there was an error. 4860 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4861 * 4862 * Throws: GException on failure. 4863 */ 4864 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfo; 4865 /** */ 4866 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryFilesystemInfoAsync; 4867 /** 4868 * 4869 * Params: 4870 * file = input #GFile 4871 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4872 * Returns: #GFileInfo for given @file 4873 * or %NULL on error. 4874 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4875 * 4876 * Throws: GException on failure. 4877 */ 4878 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) queryFilesystemInfoFinish; 4879 /** 4880 * 4881 * Params: 4882 * file = input #GFile 4883 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4884 * %NULL to ignore 4885 * Returns: a #GMount where the @file is located 4886 * or %NULL on error. 4887 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4888 * 4889 * Throws: GException on failure. 4890 */ 4891 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) findEnclosingMount; 4892 /** */ 4893 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) findEnclosingMountAsync; 4894 /** 4895 * 4896 * Params: 4897 * file = a #GFile 4898 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4899 * Returns: #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error. 4900 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4901 * 4902 * Throws: GException on failure. 4903 */ 4904 extern(C) GMount* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) findEnclosingMountFinish; 4905 /** 4906 * 4907 * Params: 4908 * file = input #GFile 4909 * displayName = a string 4910 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4911 * %NULL to ignore 4912 * Returns: a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, 4913 * or %NULL if there was an error. 4914 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4915 * 4916 * Throws: GException on failure. 4917 */ 4918 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setDisplayName; 4919 /** */ 4920 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* displayName, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setDisplayNameAsync; 4921 /** 4922 * 4923 * Params: 4924 * file = input #GFile 4925 * res = a #GAsyncResult 4926 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 4927 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 4928 * 4929 * Throws: GException on failure. 4930 */ 4931 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) setDisplayNameFinish; 4932 /** 4933 * 4934 * Params: 4935 * file = input #GFile 4936 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4937 * %NULL to ignore 4938 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes. 4939 * When you are done with it, release it with 4940 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 4941 * 4942 * Throws: GException on failure. 4943 */ 4944 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) querySettableAttributes; 4945 /** */ 4946 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesAsync; 4947 /** */ 4948 extern(C) void function() QuerySettableAttributesFinish; 4949 /** 4950 * 4951 * Params: 4952 * file = input #GFile 4953 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4954 * %NULL to ignore 4955 * Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces. 4956 * When you are done with it, release it with 4957 * g_file_attribute_info_list_unref() 4958 * 4959 * Throws: GException on failure. 4960 */ 4961 extern(C) GFileAttributeInfoList* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryWritableNamespaces; 4962 /** */ 4963 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesAsync; 4964 /** */ 4965 extern(C) void function() QueryWritableNamespacesFinish; 4966 /** 4967 * 4968 * Params: 4969 * file = input #GFile 4970 * attribute = a string containing the attribute's name 4971 * type = The type of the attribute 4972 * valueP = a pointer to the value (or the pointer 4973 * itself if the type is a pointer type) 4974 * flags = a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4975 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4976 * %NULL to ignore 4977 * Returns: %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise. 4978 * 4979 * Throws: GException on failure. 4980 */ 4981 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, const(char)* attribute, GFileAttributeType type, void* valueP, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttribute; 4982 /** 4983 * 4984 * Params: 4985 * file = input #GFile 4986 * info = a #GFileInfo 4987 * flags = #GFileQueryInfoFlags 4988 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 4989 * %NULL to ignore 4990 * Returns: %FALSE if there was any error, %TRUE otherwise. 4991 * 4992 * Throws: GException on failure. 4993 */ 4994 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) setAttributesFromInfo; 4995 /** */ 4996 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) setAttributesAsync; 4997 /** 4998 * 4999 * Params: 5000 * file = input #GFile 5001 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5002 * info = a #GFileInfo 5003 * Returns: %TRUE if the attributes were set correctly, %FALSE otherwise. 5004 * 5005 * Throws: GException on failure. 5006 */ 5007 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GFileInfo** info, GError** err) setAttributesFinish; 5008 /** 5009 * 5010 * Params: 5011 * file = #GFile to read 5012 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5013 * Returns: #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5014 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5015 * 5016 * Throws: GException on failure. 5017 */ 5018 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 5019 /** */ 5020 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 5021 /** 5022 * 5023 * Params: 5024 * file = input #GFile 5025 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5026 * Returns: a #GFileInputStream or %NULL on error. 5027 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5028 * 5029 * Throws: GException on failure. 5030 */ 5031 extern(C) GFileInputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) readFinish; 5032 /** 5033 * 5034 * Params: 5035 * file = input #GFile 5036 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5037 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5038 * %NULL to ignore 5039 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5040 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5041 * 5042 * Throws: GException on failure. 5043 */ 5044 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) appendTo; 5045 /** */ 5046 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) appendToAsync; 5047 /** 5048 * 5049 * Params: 5050 * file = input #GFile 5051 * res = #GAsyncResult 5052 * Returns: a valid #GFileOutputStream 5053 * or %NULL on error. 5054 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5055 * 5056 * Throws: GException on failure. 5057 */ 5058 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) appendToFinish; 5059 /** 5060 * 5061 * Params: 5062 * file = input #GFile 5063 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5064 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5065 * %NULL to ignore 5066 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream for the newly created 5067 * file, or %NULL on error. 5068 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5069 * 5070 * Throws: GException on failure. 5071 */ 5072 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) create; 5073 /** */ 5074 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createAsync; 5075 /** 5076 * 5077 * Params: 5078 * file = input #GFile 5079 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5080 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5081 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5082 * 5083 * Throws: GException on failure. 5084 */ 5085 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createFinish; 5086 /** 5087 * 5088 * Params: 5089 * file = input #GFile 5090 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5091 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5092 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5093 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5094 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5095 * %NULL to ignore 5096 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error. 5097 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5098 * 5099 * Throws: GException on failure. 5100 */ 5101 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replace; 5102 /** */ 5103 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceAsync; 5104 /** 5105 * 5106 * Params: 5107 * file = input #GFile 5108 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5109 * Returns: a #GFileOutputStream, or %NULL on error. 5110 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5111 * 5112 * Throws: GException on failure. 5113 */ 5114 extern(C) GFileOutputStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceFinish; 5115 /** 5116 * 5117 * Params: 5118 * file = input #GFile 5119 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5120 * %NULL to ignore 5121 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5122 * 5123 * Throws: GException on failure. 5124 */ 5125 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) deleteFile; 5126 /** */ 5127 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) deleteFileAsync; 5128 /** 5129 * 5130 * Params: 5131 * file = input #GFile 5132 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5133 * Returns: %TRUE if the file was deleted. %FALSE otherwise. 5134 * 5135 * Throws: GException on failure. 5136 */ 5137 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) deleteFileFinish; 5138 /** 5139 * 5140 * Params: 5141 * file = #GFile to send to trash 5142 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5143 * %NULL to ignore 5144 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5145 * 5146 * Throws: GException on failure. 5147 */ 5148 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) trash; 5149 /** */ 5150 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) trashAsync; 5151 /** 5152 * 5153 * Params: 5154 * file = input #GFile 5155 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5156 * Returns: %TRUE on successful trash, %FALSE otherwise. 5157 * 5158 * Throws: GException on failure. 5159 */ 5160 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) trashFinish; 5161 /** 5162 * 5163 * Params: 5164 * file = input #GFile 5165 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5166 * %NULL to ignore 5167 * Returns: %TRUE on successful creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5168 * 5169 * Throws: GException on failure. 5170 */ 5171 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeDirectory; 5172 /** */ 5173 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) makeDirectoryAsync; 5174 /** 5175 * 5176 * Params: 5177 * file = input #GFile 5178 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5179 * Returns: %TRUE on successful directory creation, %FALSE otherwise. 5180 * 5181 * Throws: GException on failure. 5182 */ 5183 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) makeDirectoryFinish; 5184 /** 5185 * 5186 * Params: 5187 * file = a #GFile with the name of the symlink to create 5188 * symlinkValue = a string with the path for the target 5189 * of the new symlink 5190 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5191 * %NULL to ignore 5192 * Returns: %TRUE on the creation of a new symlink, %FALSE otherwise. 5193 * 5194 * Throws: GException on failure. 5195 */ 5196 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, char* symlinkValue, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) makeSymbolicLink; 5197 /** */ 5198 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkAsync; 5199 /** */ 5200 extern(C) void function() MakeSymbolicLinkFinish; 5201 /** 5202 * 5203 * Params: 5204 * source = input #GFile 5205 * destination = destination #GFile 5206 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5207 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5208 * %NULL to ignore 5209 * progressCallback = function to callback with 5210 * progress information, or %NULL if progress information is not needed 5211 * progressCallbackData = user data to pass to @progress_callback 5212 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE otherwise. 5213 * 5214 * Throws: GException on failure. 5215 */ 5216 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) copy; 5217 /** */ 5218 extern(C) void function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) copyAsync; 5219 /** 5220 * 5221 * Params: 5222 * file = input #GFile 5223 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5224 * Returns: a %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error. 5225 * 5226 * Throws: GException on failure. 5227 */ 5228 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) copyFinish; 5229 /** 5230 * 5231 * Params: 5232 * source = #GFile pointing to the source location 5233 * destination = #GFile pointing to the destination location 5234 * flags = set of #GFileCopyFlags 5235 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5236 * %NULL to ignore 5237 * progressCallback = #GFileProgressCallback 5238 * function for updates 5239 * progressCallbackData = gpointer to user data for 5240 * the callback function 5241 * Returns: %TRUE on successful move, %FALSE otherwise. 5242 * 5243 * Throws: GException on failure. 5244 */ 5245 extern(C) int function(GFile* source, GFile* destination, GFileCopyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressCallbackData, GError** err) move; 5246 /** */ 5247 extern(C) void function() MoveAsync; 5248 /** */ 5249 extern(C) void function() MoveFinish; 5250 /** */ 5251 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountMountable; 5252 /** 5253 * 5254 * Params: 5255 * file = input #GFile 5256 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5257 * Returns: a #GFile or %NULL on error. 5258 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5259 * 5260 * Throws: GException on failure. 5261 */ 5262 extern(C) GFile* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountMountableFinish; 5263 /** */ 5264 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountable; 5265 /** 5266 * 5267 * Params: 5268 * file = input #GFile 5269 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5270 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5271 * %FALSE otherwise. 5272 * 5273 * Throws: GException on failure. 5274 */ 5275 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableFinish; 5276 /** */ 5277 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountable; 5278 /** 5279 * 5280 * Params: 5281 * file = input #GFile 5282 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5283 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5284 * %FALSE otherwise. 5285 * 5286 * Throws: GException on failure. 5287 */ 5288 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableFinish; 5289 /** */ 5290 extern(C) void function(GFile* location, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountEnclosingVolume; 5291 /** 5292 * 5293 * Params: 5294 * location = input #GFile 5295 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5296 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, 5297 * this function will return %FALSE and set @error 5298 * appropriately if present. 5299 * 5300 * Throws: GException on failure. 5301 */ 5302 extern(C) int function(GFile* location, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountEnclosingVolumeFinish; 5303 /** 5304 * 5305 * Params: 5306 * file = input #GFile 5307 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5308 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5309 * %NULL to ignore 5310 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5311 * or %NULL on error. 5312 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5313 * 5314 * Throws: GException on failure. 5315 */ 5316 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorDir; 5317 /** 5318 * 5319 * Params: 5320 * file = input #GFile 5321 * flags = a set of #GFileMonitorFlags 5322 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5323 * %NULL to ignore 5324 * Returns: a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, 5325 * or %NULL on error. 5326 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5327 * 5328 * Throws: GException on failure. 5329 */ 5330 extern(C) GFileMonitor* function(GFile* file, GFileMonitorFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) monitorFile; 5331 /** 5332 * 5333 * Params: 5334 * file = #GFile to open 5335 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 5336 * Returns: #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5337 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5338 * 5339 * Throws: GException on failure. 5340 */ 5341 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) openReadwrite; 5342 /** */ 5343 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) openReadwriteAsync; 5344 /** 5345 * 5346 * Params: 5347 * file = input #GFile 5348 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5349 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5350 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5351 * 5352 * Throws: GException on failure. 5353 */ 5354 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) openReadwriteFinish; 5355 /** 5356 * 5357 * Params: 5358 * file = a #GFile 5359 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5360 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5361 * %NULL to ignore 5362 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream for the newly created 5363 * file, or %NULL on error. 5364 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5365 * 5366 * Throws: GException on failure. 5367 */ 5368 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) createReadwrite; 5369 /** */ 5370 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) createReadwriteAsync; 5371 /** 5372 * 5373 * Params: 5374 * file = input #GFile 5375 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5376 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5377 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5378 * 5379 * Throws: GException on failure. 5380 */ 5381 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) createReadwriteFinish; 5382 /** 5383 * 5384 * Params: 5385 * file = a #GFile 5386 * etag = an optional [entity tag][gfile-etag] 5387 * for the current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore 5388 * makeBackup = %TRUE if a backup should be created 5389 * flags = a set of #GFileCreateFlags 5390 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, 5391 * %NULL to ignore 5392 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error. 5393 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5394 * 5395 * Throws: GException on failure. 5396 */ 5397 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) replaceReadwrite; 5398 /** */ 5399 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, const(char)* etag, int makeBackup, GFileCreateFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) replaceReadwriteAsync; 5400 /** 5401 * 5402 * Params: 5403 * file = input #GFile 5404 * res = a #GAsyncResult 5405 * Returns: a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error. 5406 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 5407 * 5408 * Throws: GException on failure. 5409 */ 5410 extern(C) GFileIOStream* function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* res, GError** err) replaceReadwriteFinish; 5411 /** */ 5412 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GDriveStartFlags flags, GMountOperation* startOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) startMountable; 5413 /** 5414 * 5415 * Params: 5416 * file = input #GFile 5417 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5418 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5419 * otherwise. 5420 * 5421 * Throws: GException on failure. 5422 */ 5423 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) startMountableFinish; 5424 /** */ 5425 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) stopMountable; 5426 /** 5427 * 5428 * Params: 5429 * file = input #GFile 5430 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5431 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5432 * %FALSE otherwise. 5433 * 5434 * Throws: GException on failure. 5435 */ 5436 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) stopMountableFinish; 5437 /** 5438 * a boolean that indicates whether the #GFile implementation supports thread-default contexts. Since 2.22. 5439 */ 5440 bool supportsThreadContexts; 5441 /** */ 5442 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountMountableWithOperation; 5443 /** 5444 * 5445 * Params: 5446 * file = input #GFile 5447 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5448 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. 5449 * %FALSE otherwise. 5450 * 5451 * Throws: GException on failure. 5452 */ 5453 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountMountableWithOperationFinish; 5454 /** */ 5455 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectMountableWithOperation; 5456 /** 5457 * 5458 * Params: 5459 * file = input #GFile 5460 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5461 * Returns: %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. 5462 * %FALSE otherwise. 5463 * 5464 * Throws: GException on failure. 5465 */ 5466 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectMountableWithOperationFinish; 5467 /** */ 5468 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) pollMountable; 5469 /** 5470 * 5471 * Params: 5472 * file = input #GFile 5473 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5474 * Returns: %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE 5475 * otherwise. 5476 * 5477 * Throws: GException on failure. 5478 */ 5479 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) pollMountableFinish; 5480 /** 5481 * 5482 * Params: 5483 * file = a #GFile 5484 * flags = #GFileMeasureFlags 5485 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable 5486 * progressCallback = a #GFileMeasureProgressCallback 5487 * progressData = user_data for @progress_callback 5488 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5489 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5490 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5491 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5492 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5493 * 5494 * Throws: GException on failure. 5495 */ 5496 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsage; 5497 /** */ 5498 extern(C) void function(GFile* file, GFileMeasureFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GFileMeasureProgressCallback progressCallback, void* progressData, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) measureDiskUsageAsync; 5499 /** 5500 * 5501 * Params: 5502 * file = a #GFile 5503 * result = the #GAsyncResult passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 5504 * diskUsage = the number of bytes of disk space used 5505 * numDirs = the number of directories encountered 5506 * numFiles = the number of non-directories encountered 5507 * Returns: %TRUE if successful, with the out parameters set. 5508 * %FALSE otherwise, with @error set. 5509 * 5510 * Throws: GException on failure. 5511 */ 5512 extern(C) int function(GFile* file, GAsyncResult* result, ulong* diskUsage, ulong* numDirs, ulong* numFiles, GError** err) measureDiskUsageFinish; 5513 } 5514 5515 struct GFileInfo; 5516 5517 struct GFileInfoClass; 5518 5519 struct GFileInputStream 5520 { 5521 GInputStream parentInstance; 5522 GFileInputStreamPrivate* priv; 5523 } 5524 5525 struct GFileInputStreamClass 5526 { 5527 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5528 /** */ 5529 extern(C) long function(GFileInputStream* stream) tell; 5530 /** */ 5531 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream) canSeek; 5532 /** */ 5533 extern(C) int function(GFileInputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5534 /** 5535 * 5536 * Params: 5537 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5538 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5539 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5540 * Returns: a #GFileInfo, or %NULL on error. 5541 * 5542 * Throws: GException on failure. 5543 */ 5544 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5545 /** */ 5546 extern(C) void function(GFileInputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5547 /** 5548 * 5549 * Params: 5550 * stream = a #GFileInputStream. 5551 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5552 * Returns: #GFileInfo. 5553 * 5554 * Throws: GException on failure. 5555 */ 5556 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5557 /** */ 5558 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5559 /** */ 5560 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5561 /** */ 5562 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5563 /** */ 5564 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5565 /** */ 5566 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5567 } 5568 5569 struct GFileInputStreamPrivate; 5570 5571 struct GFileMonitor 5572 { 5573 GObject parentInstance; 5574 GFileMonitorPrivate* priv; 5575 } 5576 5577 struct GFileMonitorClass 5578 { 5579 GObjectClass parentClass; 5580 /** */ 5581 extern(C) void function(GFileMonitor* monitor, GFile* file, GFile* otherFile, GFileMonitorEvent eventType) changed; 5582 /** 5583 * 5584 * Params: 5585 * monitor = a #GFileMonitor. 5586 * Returns: always %TRUE 5587 */ 5588 extern(C) int function(GFileMonitor* monitor) cancel; 5589 /** */ 5590 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5591 /** */ 5592 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5593 /** */ 5594 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5595 /** */ 5596 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5597 /** */ 5598 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5599 } 5600 5601 struct GFileMonitorPrivate; 5602 5603 struct GFileOutputStream 5604 { 5605 GOutputStream parentInstance; 5606 GFileOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 5607 } 5608 5609 struct GFileOutputStreamClass 5610 { 5611 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 5612 /** */ 5613 extern(C) long function(GFileOutputStream* stream) tell; 5614 /** */ 5615 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canSeek; 5616 /** */ 5617 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 5618 /** */ 5619 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream) canTruncate; 5620 /** */ 5621 extern(C) int function(GFileOutputStream* stream, long size, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 5622 /** 5623 * 5624 * Params: 5625 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5626 * attributes = a file attribute query string. 5627 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5628 * Returns: a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error. 5629 * 5630 * Throws: GException on failure. 5631 */ 5632 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) queryInfo; 5633 /** */ 5634 extern(C) void function(GFileOutputStream* stream, const(char)* attributes, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) queryInfoAsync; 5635 /** 5636 * 5637 * Params: 5638 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5639 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 5640 * Returns: A #GFileInfo for the finished query. 5641 * 5642 * Throws: GException on failure. 5643 */ 5644 extern(C) GFileInfo* function(GFileOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) queryInfoFinish; 5645 /** 5646 * 5647 * Params: 5648 * stream = a #GFileOutputStream. 5649 * Returns: the entity tag for the stream. 5650 */ 5651 extern(C) char* function(GFileOutputStream* stream) getEtag; 5652 /** */ 5653 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5654 /** */ 5655 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5656 /** */ 5657 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5658 /** */ 5659 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5660 /** */ 5661 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5662 } 5663 5664 struct GFileOutputStreamPrivate; 5665 5666 struct GFilenameCompleter; 5667 5668 struct GFilenameCompleterClass 5669 { 5670 GObjectClass parentClass; 5671 /** */ 5672 extern(C) void function(GFilenameCompleter* filenameCompleter) gotCompletionData; 5673 /** */ 5674 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5675 /** */ 5676 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5677 /** */ 5678 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5679 } 5680 5681 struct GFilterInputStream 5682 { 5683 GInputStream parentInstance; 5684 GInputStream* baseStream; 5685 } 5686 5687 struct GFilterInputStreamClass 5688 { 5689 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 5690 /** */ 5691 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5692 /** */ 5693 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5694 /** */ 5695 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5696 } 5697 5698 struct GFilterOutputStream 5699 { 5700 GOutputStream parentInstance; 5701 GOutputStream* baseStream; 5702 } 5703 5704 struct GFilterOutputStreamClass 5705 { 5706 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 5707 /** */ 5708 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5709 /** */ 5710 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5711 /** */ 5712 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5713 } 5714 5715 struct GIOExtension; 5716 5717 struct GIOExtensionPoint; 5718 5719 struct GIOModule; 5720 5721 struct GIOModuleClass; 5722 5723 struct GIOModuleScope; 5724 5725 struct GIOSchedulerJob; 5726 5727 struct GIOStream 5728 { 5729 GObject parentInstance; 5730 GIOStreamPrivate* priv; 5731 } 5732 5733 struct GIOStreamAdapter; 5734 5735 struct GIOStreamClass 5736 { 5737 GObjectClass parentClass; 5738 /** 5739 * 5740 * Params: 5741 * stream = a #GIOStream 5742 * Returns: a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 5743 * Do not free. 5744 */ 5745 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getInputStream; 5746 /** 5747 * 5748 * Params: 5749 * stream = a #GIOStream 5750 * Returns: a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. 5751 * Do not free. 5752 */ 5753 extern(C) GOutputStream* function(GIOStream* stream) getOutputStream; 5754 /** */ 5755 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 5756 /** */ 5757 extern(C) void function(GIOStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 5758 /** 5759 * 5760 * Params: 5761 * stream = a #GIOStream 5762 * result = a #GAsyncResult 5763 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 5764 * 5765 * Throws: GException on failure. 5766 */ 5767 extern(C) int function(GIOStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 5768 /** */ 5769 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 5770 /** */ 5771 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 5772 /** */ 5773 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 5774 /** */ 5775 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 5776 /** */ 5777 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 5778 /** */ 5779 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 5780 /** */ 5781 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 5782 /** */ 5783 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 5784 /** */ 5785 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 5786 /** */ 5787 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 5788 } 5789 5790 struct GIOStreamPrivate; 5791 5792 struct GIcon; 5793 5794 /** 5795 * GIconIface is used to implement GIcon types for various 5796 * different systems. See #GThemedIcon and #GLoadableIcon for 5797 * examples of how to implement this interface. 5798 */ 5799 struct GIconIface 5800 { 5801 /** 5802 * The parent interface. 5803 */ 5804 GTypeInterface gIface; 5805 /** 5806 * 5807 * Params: 5808 * icon = #gconstpointer to an icon object. 5809 * Returns: a #guint containing a hash for the @icon, suitable for 5810 * use in a #GHashTable or similar data structure. 5811 */ 5812 extern(C) uint function(GIcon* icon) hash; 5813 /** 5814 * 5815 * Params: 5816 * icon1 = pointer to the first #GIcon. 5817 * icon2 = pointer to the second #GIcon. 5818 * Returns: %TRUE if @icon1 is equal to @icon2. %FALSE otherwise. 5819 */ 5820 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon1, GIcon* icon2) equal; 5821 /** 5822 * 5823 * Params: 5824 * icon = a #GIcon. 5825 * Returns: An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or 5826 * %NULL if @icon can't be serialized. Use g_free() to free. 5827 */ 5828 extern(C) int function(GIcon* icon, GPtrArray* tokens, int* outVersion) toTokens; 5829 /** */ 5830 extern(C) GIcon* function(char** tokens, int numTokens, int versio, GError** err) fromTokens; 5831 /** 5832 * 5833 * Params: 5834 * icon = a #GIcon 5835 * Returns: a #GVariant, or %NULL when serialization fails. 5836 */ 5837 extern(C) GVariant* function(GIcon* icon) serialize; 5838 } 5839 5840 struct GInetAddress 5841 { 5842 GObject parentInstance; 5843 GInetAddressPrivate* priv; 5844 } 5845 5846 struct GInetAddressClass 5847 { 5848 GObjectClass parentClass; 5849 /** 5850 * 5851 * Params: 5852 * address = a #GInetAddress 5853 * Returns: a representation of @address as a string, which should be 5854 * freed after use. 5855 */ 5856 extern(C) char* function(GInetAddress* address) toString; 5857 /** 5858 * 5859 * Params: 5860 * address = a #GInetAddress 5861 * Returns: a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address, 5862 * which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this 5863 * array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size(). 5864 */ 5865 extern(C) ubyte* function(GInetAddress* address) toBytes; 5866 } 5867 5868 struct GInetAddressMask 5869 { 5870 GObject parentInstance; 5871 GInetAddressMaskPrivate* priv; 5872 } 5873 5874 struct GInetAddressMaskClass 5875 { 5876 GObjectClass parentClass; 5877 } 5878 5879 struct GInetAddressMaskPrivate; 5880 5881 struct GInetAddressPrivate; 5882 5883 struct GInetSocketAddress 5884 { 5885 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 5886 GInetSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 5887 } 5888 5889 struct GInetSocketAddressClass 5890 { 5891 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 5892 } 5893 5894 struct GInetSocketAddressPrivate; 5895 5896 struct GInitable; 5897 5898 /** 5899 * Provides an interface for initializing object such that initialization 5900 * may fail. 5901 * 5902 * Since: 2.22 5903 */ 5904 struct GInitableIface 5905 { 5906 /** 5907 * The parent interface. 5908 */ 5909 GTypeInterface gIface; 5910 /** 5911 * 5912 * Params: 5913 * initable = a #GInitable. 5914 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 5915 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will 5916 * return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present. 5917 * 5918 * Throws: GException on failure. 5919 */ 5920 extern(C) int function(GInitable* initable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) init; 5921 } 5922 5923 /** 5924 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input when receiving multiple 5925 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of empty 5926 * #GInputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 5927 * were one buffer, and will set @bytes_received to the total number of bytes 5928 * received across all #GInputVectors. 5929 * 5930 * This structure closely mirrors `struct mmsghdr` and `struct msghdr` from 5931 * the POSIX sockets API (see `man 2 recvmmsg`). 5932 * 5933 * If @address is non-%NULL then it is set to the source address the message 5934 * was received from, and the caller must free it afterwards. 5935 * 5936 * If @control_messages is non-%NULL then it is set to an array of control 5937 * messages received with the message (if any), and the caller must free it 5938 * afterwards. @num_control_messages is set to the number of elements in 5939 * this array, which may be zero. 5940 * 5941 * Flags relevant to this message will be returned in @flags. For example, 5942 * `MSG_EOR` or `MSG_TRUNC`. 5943 * 5944 * Since: 2.48 5945 */ 5946 struct GInputMessage 5947 { 5948 /** 5949 * return location 5950 * for a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 5951 */ 5952 GSocketAddress** address; 5953 /** 5954 * pointer to an 5955 * array of input vectors 5956 */ 5957 GInputVector* vectors; 5958 /** 5959 * the number of input vectors pointed to by @vectors 5960 */ 5961 uint numVectors; 5962 /** 5963 * will be set to the number of bytes that have been 5964 * received 5965 */ 5966 size_t bytesReceived; 5967 /** 5968 * collection of #GSocketMsgFlags for the received message, 5969 * outputted by the call 5970 */ 5971 int flags; 5972 /** 5973 * return location for a 5974 * caller-allocated array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL 5975 */ 5976 GSocketControlMessage*** controlMessages; 5977 /** 5978 * return location for the number of 5979 * elements in @control_messages 5980 */ 5981 uint* numControlMessages; 5982 } 5983 5984 struct GInputStream 5985 { 5986 GObject parentInstance; 5987 GInputStreamPrivate* priv; 5988 } 5989 5990 struct GInputStreamClass 5991 { 5992 GObjectClass parentClass; 5993 /** */ 5994 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) readFn; 5995 /** 5996 * 5997 * Params: 5998 * stream = a #GInputStream. 5999 * count = the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream 6000 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6001 * Returns: Number of bytes skipped, or -1 on error 6002 * 6003 * Throws: GException on failure. 6004 */ 6005 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) skip; 6006 /** */ 6007 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6008 /** */ 6009 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) readAsync; 6010 /** 6011 * 6012 * Params: 6013 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6014 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6015 * Returns: number of bytes read in, or -1 on error, or 0 on end of file. 6016 * 6017 * Throws: GException on failure. 6018 */ 6019 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) readFinish; 6020 /** */ 6021 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) skipAsync; 6022 /** 6023 * 6024 * Params: 6025 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6026 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6027 * Returns: the size of the bytes skipped, or %-1 on error. 6028 * 6029 * Throws: GException on failure. 6030 */ 6031 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) skipFinish; 6032 /** */ 6033 extern(C) void function(GInputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6034 /** 6035 * 6036 * Params: 6037 * stream = a #GInputStream. 6038 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6039 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream was closed successfully. 6040 * 6041 * Throws: GException on failure. 6042 */ 6043 extern(C) int function(GInputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6044 /** */ 6045 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6046 /** */ 6047 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6048 /** */ 6049 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6050 /** */ 6051 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6052 /** */ 6053 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6054 } 6055 6056 struct GInputStreamPrivate; 6057 6058 /** 6059 * Structure used for scatter/gather data input. 6060 * You generally pass in an array of #GInputVectors 6061 * and the operation will store the read data starting in the 6062 * first buffer, switching to the next as needed. 6063 * 6064 * Since: 2.22 6065 */ 6066 struct GInputVector 6067 { 6068 /** 6069 * Pointer to a buffer where data will be written. 6070 */ 6071 void* buffer; 6072 /** 6073 * the available size in @buffer. 6074 */ 6075 size_t size; 6076 } 6077 6078 struct GListModel; 6079 6080 /** 6081 * The virtual function table for #GListModel. 6082 * 6083 * Since: 2.44 6084 */ 6085 struct GListModelInterface 6086 { 6087 /** 6088 * parent #GTypeInterface 6089 */ 6090 GTypeInterface gIface; 6091 /** 6092 * 6093 * Params: 6094 * list = a #GListModel 6095 * Returns: the #GType of the items contained in @list. 6096 */ 6097 extern(C) GType function(GListModel* list) getItemType; 6098 /** 6099 * 6100 * Params: 6101 * list = a #GListModel 6102 * Returns: the number of items in @list. 6103 */ 6104 extern(C) uint function(GListModel* list) getNItems; 6105 /** 6106 * 6107 * Params: 6108 * list = a #GListModel 6109 * position = the position of the item to fetch 6110 * Returns: the object at @position. 6111 */ 6112 extern(C) void* function(GListModel* list, uint position) getItem; 6113 } 6114 6115 struct GListStore; 6116 6117 struct GListStoreClass 6118 { 6119 GObjectClass parentClass; 6120 } 6121 6122 struct GLoadableIcon; 6123 6124 /** 6125 * Interface for icons that can be loaded as a stream. 6126 */ 6127 struct GLoadableIconIface 6128 { 6129 /** 6130 * The parent interface. 6131 */ 6132 GTypeInterface gIface; 6133 /** 6134 * 6135 * Params: 6136 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6137 * size = an integer. 6138 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6139 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6140 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to 6141 * ignore. 6142 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6143 * 6144 * Throws: GException on failure. 6145 */ 6146 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, char** type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) load; 6147 /** */ 6148 extern(C) void function(GLoadableIcon* icon, int size, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) loadAsync; 6149 /** 6150 * 6151 * Params: 6152 * icon = a #GLoadableIcon. 6153 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 6154 * type = a location to store the type of the loaded 6155 * icon, %NULL to ignore. 6156 * Returns: a #GInputStream to read the icon from. 6157 * 6158 * Throws: GException on failure. 6159 */ 6160 extern(C) GInputStream* function(GLoadableIcon* icon, GAsyncResult* res, char** type, GError** err) loadFinish; 6161 } 6162 6163 struct GMemoryInputStream 6164 { 6165 GInputStream parentInstance; 6166 GMemoryInputStreamPrivate* priv; 6167 } 6168 6169 struct GMemoryInputStreamClass 6170 { 6171 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 6172 /** */ 6173 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6174 /** */ 6175 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6176 /** */ 6177 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6178 /** */ 6179 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6180 /** */ 6181 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6182 } 6183 6184 struct GMemoryInputStreamPrivate; 6185 6186 struct GMemoryOutputStream 6187 { 6188 GOutputStream parentInstance; 6189 GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6190 } 6191 6192 struct GMemoryOutputStreamClass 6193 { 6194 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 6195 /** */ 6196 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6197 /** */ 6198 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6199 /** */ 6200 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6201 /** */ 6202 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6203 /** */ 6204 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6205 } 6206 6207 struct GMemoryOutputStreamPrivate; 6208 6209 struct GMenu; 6210 6211 struct GMenuAttributeIter 6212 { 6213 GObject parentInstance; 6214 GMenuAttributeIterPrivate* priv; 6215 } 6216 6217 struct GMenuAttributeIterClass 6218 { 6219 GObjectClass parentClass; 6220 /** 6221 * 6222 * Params: 6223 * iter = a #GMenuAttributeIter 6224 * outName = the type of the attribute 6225 * value = the attribute value 6226 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional 6227 * attribute 6228 */ 6229 extern(C) int function(GMenuAttributeIter* iter, char** outName, GVariant** value) getNext; 6230 } 6231 6232 struct GMenuAttributeIterPrivate; 6233 6234 struct GMenuItem; 6235 6236 struct GMenuLinkIter 6237 { 6238 GObject parentInstance; 6239 GMenuLinkIterPrivate* priv; 6240 } 6241 6242 struct GMenuLinkIterClass 6243 { 6244 GObjectClass parentClass; 6245 /** 6246 * 6247 * Params: 6248 * iter = a #GMenuLinkIter 6249 * outLink = the name of the link 6250 * value = the linked #GMenuModel 6251 * Returns: %TRUE on success, or %FALSE if there is no additional link 6252 */ 6253 extern(C) int function(GMenuLinkIter* iter, char** outLink, GMenuModel** value) getNext; 6254 } 6255 6256 struct GMenuLinkIterPrivate; 6257 6258 struct GMenuModel 6259 { 6260 GObject parentInstance; 6261 GMenuModelPrivate* priv; 6262 } 6263 6264 struct GMenuModelClass 6265 { 6266 GObjectClass parentClass; 6267 /** 6268 * 6269 * Params: 6270 * model = a #GMenuModel 6271 * Returns: %TRUE if the model is mutable (ie: "items-changed" may be 6272 * emitted). 6273 */ 6274 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) isMutable; 6275 /** 6276 * 6277 * Params: 6278 * model = a #GMenuModel 6279 * Returns: the number of items 6280 */ 6281 extern(C) int function(GMenuModel* model) getNItems; 6282 /** */ 6283 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** attributes) getItemAttributes; 6284 /** 6285 * 6286 * Params: 6287 * model = a #GMenuModel 6288 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6289 * Returns: a new #GMenuAttributeIter 6290 */ 6291 extern(C) GMenuAttributeIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemAttributes; 6292 /** 6293 * 6294 * Params: 6295 * model = a #GMenuModel 6296 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6297 * attribute = the attribute to query 6298 * expectedType = the expected type of the attribute, or 6299 * %NULL 6300 * Returns: the value of the attribute 6301 */ 6302 extern(C) GVariant* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* attribute, GVariantType* expectedType) getItemAttributeValue; 6303 /** */ 6304 extern(C) void function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, GHashTable** links) getItemLinks; 6305 /** 6306 * 6307 * Params: 6308 * model = a #GMenuModel 6309 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6310 * Returns: a new #GMenuLinkIter 6311 */ 6312 extern(C) GMenuLinkIter* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex) iterateItemLinks; 6313 /** 6314 * 6315 * Params: 6316 * model = a #GMenuModel 6317 * itemIndex = the index of the item 6318 * link = the link to query 6319 * Returns: the linked #GMenuModel, or %NULL 6320 */ 6321 extern(C) GMenuModel* function(GMenuModel* model, int itemIndex, const(char)* link) getItemLink; 6322 } 6323 6324 struct GMenuModelPrivate; 6325 6326 struct GMount; 6327 6328 /** 6329 * Interface for implementing operations for mounts. 6330 */ 6331 struct GMountIface 6332 { 6333 /** 6334 * The parent interface. 6335 */ 6336 GTypeInterface gIface; 6337 /** */ 6338 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) changed; 6339 /** */ 6340 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) unmounted; 6341 /** 6342 * 6343 * Params: 6344 * mount = a #GMount. 6345 * Returns: a #GFile. 6346 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6347 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6348 */ 6349 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getRoot; 6350 /** 6351 * 6352 * Params: 6353 * mount = a #GMount. 6354 * Returns: the name for the given @mount. 6355 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6356 * when no longer needed. 6357 */ 6358 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getName; 6359 /** 6360 * 6361 * Params: 6362 * mount = a #GMount. 6363 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6364 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6365 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6366 */ 6367 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getIcon; 6368 /** 6369 * 6370 * Params: 6371 * mount = a #GMount. 6372 * Returns: the UUID for @mount or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. 6373 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 6374 * when no longer needed. 6375 */ 6376 extern(C) char* function(GMount* mount) getUuid; 6377 /** 6378 * 6379 * Params: 6380 * mount = a #GMount. 6381 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume. 6382 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6383 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6384 */ 6385 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount) getVolume; 6386 /** 6387 * 6388 * Params: 6389 * mount = a #GMount. 6390 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @mount is not associated with a volume or a drive. 6391 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6392 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6393 */ 6394 extern(C) GDrive* function(GMount* mount) getDrive; 6395 /** 6396 * 6397 * Params: 6398 * mount = a #GMount. 6399 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be unmounted. 6400 */ 6401 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canUnmount; 6402 /** 6403 * 6404 * Params: 6405 * mount = a #GMount. 6406 * Returns: %TRUE if the @mount can be ejected. 6407 */ 6408 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount) canEject; 6409 /** */ 6410 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmount; 6411 /** 6412 * 6413 * Params: 6414 * mount = a #GMount. 6415 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6416 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6417 * 6418 * Throws: GException on failure. 6419 */ 6420 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountFinish; 6421 /** */ 6422 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 6423 /** 6424 * 6425 * Params: 6426 * mount = a #GMount. 6427 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6428 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6429 * 6430 * Throws: GException on failure. 6431 */ 6432 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 6433 /** */ 6434 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) remount; 6435 /** 6436 * 6437 * Params: 6438 * mount = a #GMount. 6439 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6440 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully remounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6441 * 6442 * Throws: GException on failure. 6443 */ 6444 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) remountFinish; 6445 /** */ 6446 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) guessContentType; 6447 /** 6448 * 6449 * Params: 6450 * mount = a #GMount 6451 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6452 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6453 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6454 * 6455 * Throws: GException on failure. 6456 */ 6457 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) guessContentTypeFinish; 6458 /** 6459 * 6460 * Params: 6461 * mount = a #GMount 6462 * forceRescan = Whether to force a rescan of the content. 6463 * Otherwise a cached result will be used if available 6464 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore 6465 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error. 6466 * Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it. 6467 * 6468 * Throws: GException on failure. 6469 */ 6470 extern(C) char** function(GMount* mount, int forceRescan, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) guessContentTypeSync; 6471 /** */ 6472 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount) preUnmount; 6473 /** */ 6474 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) unmountWithOperation; 6475 /** 6476 * 6477 * Params: 6478 * mount = a #GMount. 6479 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6480 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise. 6481 * 6482 * Throws: GException on failure. 6483 */ 6484 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) unmountWithOperationFinish; 6485 /** */ 6486 extern(C) void function(GMount* mount, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 6487 /** 6488 * 6489 * Params: 6490 * mount = a #GMount. 6491 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6492 * Returns: %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise. 6493 * 6494 * Throws: GException on failure. 6495 */ 6496 extern(C) int function(GMount* mount, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 6497 /** 6498 * 6499 * Params: 6500 * mount = a #GMount. 6501 * Returns: a #GFile. 6502 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6503 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6504 */ 6505 extern(C) GFile* function(GMount* mount) getDefaultLocation; 6506 /** 6507 * 6508 * Params: 6509 * mount = A #GMount. 6510 * Returns: Sorting key for @mount or %NULL if no such key is available. 6511 */ 6512 extern(C) const(char)* function(GMount* mount) getSortKey; 6513 /** 6514 * 6515 * Params: 6516 * mount = a #GMount. 6517 * Returns: a #GIcon. 6518 * The returned object should be unreffed with 6519 * g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 6520 */ 6521 extern(C) GIcon* function(GMount* mount) getSymbolicIcon; 6522 } 6523 6524 struct GMountOperation 6525 { 6526 GObject parentInstance; 6527 GMountOperationPrivate* priv; 6528 } 6529 6530 struct GMountOperationClass 6531 { 6532 GObjectClass parentClass; 6533 /** */ 6534 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, const(char)* defaultUser, const(char)* defaultDomain, GAskPasswordFlags flags) askPassword; 6535 /** */ 6536 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, char* choices) askQuestion; 6537 /** */ 6538 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, GMountOperationResult result) reply; 6539 /** */ 6540 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op) aborted; 6541 /** */ 6542 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, GArray* processes, char** choices) showProcesses; 6543 /** */ 6544 extern(C) void function(GMountOperation* op, const(char)* message, long timeLeft, long bytesLeft) showUnmountProgress; 6545 /** */ 6546 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6547 /** */ 6548 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6549 /** */ 6550 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6551 /** */ 6552 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6553 /** */ 6554 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6555 /** */ 6556 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6557 /** */ 6558 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6559 /** */ 6560 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6561 /** */ 6562 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 6563 } 6564 6565 struct GMountOperationPrivate; 6566 6567 /** 6568 * An socket address of some unknown native type. 6569 */ 6570 struct GNativeSocketAddress; 6571 6572 struct GNativeVolumeMonitor 6573 { 6574 GVolumeMonitor parentInstance; 6575 } 6576 6577 struct GNativeVolumeMonitorClass 6578 { 6579 GVolumeMonitorClass parentClass; 6580 /** */ 6581 extern(C) GMount* function(const(char)* mountPath, GCancellable* cancellable) getMountForMountPath; 6582 } 6583 6584 struct GNetworkAddress 6585 { 6586 GObject parentInstance; 6587 GNetworkAddressPrivate* priv; 6588 } 6589 6590 struct GNetworkAddressClass 6591 { 6592 GObjectClass parentClass; 6593 } 6594 6595 struct GNetworkAddressPrivate; 6596 6597 struct GNetworkMonitor; 6598 6599 /** 6600 * The virtual function table for #GNetworkMonitor. 6601 * 6602 * Since: 2.32 6603 */ 6604 struct GNetworkMonitorInterface 6605 { 6606 /** 6607 * The parent interface. 6608 */ 6609 GTypeInterface gIface; 6610 /** */ 6611 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, int networkAvailable) networkChanged; 6612 /** 6613 * 6614 * Params: 6615 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 6616 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 6617 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6618 * Returns: %TRUE if @connectable is reachable, %FALSE if not. 6619 * 6620 * Throws: GException on failure. 6621 */ 6622 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) canReach; 6623 /** */ 6624 extern(C) void function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) canReachAsync; 6625 /** 6626 * 6627 * Params: 6628 * monitor = a #GNetworkMonitor 6629 * result = a #GAsyncResult 6630 * Returns: %TRUE if network is reachable, %FALSE if not. 6631 * 6632 * Throws: GException on failure. 6633 */ 6634 extern(C) int function(GNetworkMonitor* monitor, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) canReachFinish; 6635 } 6636 6637 struct GNetworkService 6638 { 6639 GObject parentInstance; 6640 GNetworkServicePrivate* priv; 6641 } 6642 6643 struct GNetworkServiceClass 6644 { 6645 GObjectClass parentClass; 6646 } 6647 6648 struct GNetworkServicePrivate; 6649 6650 struct GNotification; 6651 6652 /** 6653 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output when sending multiple 6654 * messages or packets in one go. You generally pass in an array of 6655 * #GOutputVectors and the operation will use all the buffers as if they 6656 * were one buffer. 6657 * 6658 * If @address is %NULL then the message is sent to the default receiver 6659 * (as previously set by g_socket_connect()). 6660 * 6661 * Since: 2.44 6662 */ 6663 struct GOutputMessage 6664 { 6665 /** 6666 * a #GSocketAddress, or %NULL 6667 */ 6668 GSocketAddress* address; 6669 /** 6670 * pointer to an array of output vectors 6671 */ 6672 GOutputVector* vectors; 6673 /** 6674 * the number of output vectors pointed to by @vectors. 6675 */ 6676 uint numVectors; 6677 /** 6678 * initialize to 0. Will be set to the number of bytes 6679 * that have been sent 6680 */ 6681 uint bytesSent; 6682 /** 6683 * a pointer 6684 * to an array of #GSocketControlMessages, or %NULL. 6685 */ 6686 GSocketControlMessage** controlMessages; 6687 /** 6688 * number of elements in @control_messages. 6689 */ 6690 uint numControlMessages; 6691 } 6692 6693 struct GOutputStream 6694 { 6695 GObject parentInstance; 6696 GOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 6697 } 6698 6699 struct GOutputStreamClass 6700 { 6701 GObjectClass parentClass; 6702 /** 6703 * 6704 * Params: 6705 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6706 * buffer = the buffer containing the data to write. 6707 * count = the number of bytes to write 6708 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6709 * Returns: Number of bytes written, or -1 on error 6710 * 6711 * Throws: GException on failure. 6712 */ 6713 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) writeFn; 6714 /** 6715 * 6716 * Params: 6717 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6718 * source = a #GInputStream. 6719 * flags = a set of #GOutputStreamSpliceFlags. 6720 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 6721 * Returns: a #gssize containing the size of the data spliced, or 6722 * -1 if an error occurred. Note that if the number of bytes 6723 * spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that will be 6724 * returned, and there is no way to determine the actual number 6725 * of bytes spliced. 6726 * 6727 * Throws: GException on failure. 6728 */ 6729 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) splice; 6730 /** 6731 * 6732 * Params: 6733 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6734 * cancellable = optional cancellable object 6735 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error 6736 * 6737 * Throws: GException on failure. 6738 */ 6739 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) flush; 6740 /** */ 6741 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) closeFn; 6742 /** */ 6743 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) writeAsync; 6744 /** 6745 * 6746 * Params: 6747 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6748 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6749 * Returns: a #gssize containing the number of bytes written to the stream. 6750 * 6751 * Throws: GException on failure. 6752 */ 6753 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) writeFinish; 6754 /** */ 6755 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, GInputStream* source, GOutputStreamSpliceFlags flags, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) spliceAsync; 6756 /** 6757 * 6758 * Params: 6759 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6760 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6761 * Returns: a #gssize of the number of bytes spliced. Note that if the 6762 * number of bytes spliced is greater than %G_MAXSSIZE, then that 6763 * will be returned, and there is no way to determine the actual 6764 * number of bytes spliced. 6765 * 6766 * Throws: GException on failure. 6767 */ 6768 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) spliceFinish; 6769 /** */ 6770 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) flushAsync; 6771 /** 6772 * 6773 * Params: 6774 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6775 * result = a GAsyncResult. 6776 * Returns: %TRUE if flush operation succeeded, %FALSE otherwise. 6777 * 6778 * Throws: GException on failure. 6779 */ 6780 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) flushFinish; 6781 /** */ 6782 extern(C) void function(GOutputStream* stream, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) closeAsync; 6783 /** 6784 * 6785 * Params: 6786 * stream = a #GOutputStream. 6787 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 6788 * Returns: %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise. 6789 * 6790 * Throws: GException on failure. 6791 */ 6792 extern(C) int function(GOutputStream* stream, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) closeFinish; 6793 /** */ 6794 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 6795 /** */ 6796 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 6797 /** */ 6798 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 6799 /** */ 6800 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 6801 /** */ 6802 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 6803 /** */ 6804 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 6805 /** */ 6806 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 6807 /** */ 6808 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 6809 } 6810 6811 struct GOutputStreamPrivate; 6812 6813 /** 6814 * Structure used for scatter/gather data output. 6815 * You generally pass in an array of #GOutputVectors 6816 * and the operation will use all the buffers as if they were 6817 * one buffer. 6818 * 6819 * Since: 2.22 6820 */ 6821 struct GOutputVector 6822 { 6823 /** 6824 * Pointer to a buffer of data to read. 6825 */ 6826 void* buffer; 6827 /** 6828 * the size of @buffer. 6829 */ 6830 size_t size; 6831 } 6832 6833 struct GPermission 6834 { 6835 GObject parentInstance; 6836 GPermissionPrivate* priv; 6837 } 6838 6839 struct GPermissionClass 6840 { 6841 GObjectClass parentClass; 6842 /** 6843 * 6844 * Params: 6845 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6846 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6847 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 6848 * 6849 * Throws: GException on failure. 6850 */ 6851 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) acquire; 6852 /** */ 6853 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) acquireAsync; 6854 /** 6855 * 6856 * Params: 6857 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6858 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 6859 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully acquired 6860 * 6861 * Throws: GException on failure. 6862 */ 6863 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) acquireFinish; 6864 /** 6865 * 6866 * Params: 6867 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6868 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6869 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 6870 * 6871 * Throws: GException on failure. 6872 */ 6873 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) release; 6874 /** */ 6875 extern(C) void function(GPermission* permission, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) releaseAsync; 6876 /** 6877 * 6878 * Params: 6879 * permission = a #GPermission instance 6880 * result = the #GAsyncResult given to the #GAsyncReadyCallback 6881 * Returns: %TRUE if the permission was successfully released 6882 * 6883 * Throws: GException on failure. 6884 */ 6885 extern(C) int function(GPermission* permission, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) releaseFinish; 6886 void*[16] reserved; 6887 } 6888 6889 struct GPermissionPrivate; 6890 6891 struct GPollableInputStream; 6892 6893 /** 6894 * The interface for pollable input streams. 6895 * 6896 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 6897 * 6898 * The default implementation of @read_nonblocking calls 6899 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable(), and then calls 6900 * g_input_stream_read() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only need 6901 * to override it if it is possible that your @is_readable 6902 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 6903 * readable. 6904 * 6905 * Since: 2.28 6906 */ 6907 struct GPollableInputStreamInterface 6908 { 6909 /** 6910 * The parent interface. 6911 */ 6912 GTypeInterface gIface; 6913 /** 6914 * 6915 * Params: 6916 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 6917 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 6918 */ 6919 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) canPoll; 6920 /** 6921 * 6922 * Params: 6923 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 6924 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is readable, %FALSE if not. If an error 6925 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 6926 * g_pollable_input_stream_is_readable() returning %TRUE, and the 6927 * next attempt to read will return the error. 6928 */ 6929 extern(C) int function(GPollableInputStream* stream) isReadable; 6930 /** 6931 * 6932 * Params: 6933 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream. 6934 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6935 * Returns: a new #GSource 6936 */ 6937 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableInputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 6938 /** 6939 * 6940 * Params: 6941 * stream = a #GPollableInputStream 6942 * buffer = a buffer to 6943 * read data into (which should be at least @count bytes long). 6944 * count = the number of bytes you want to read 6945 * Returns: the number of bytes read, or -1 on error (including 6946 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 6947 * 6948 * Throws: GException on failure. 6949 */ 6950 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableInputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) readNonblocking; 6951 } 6952 6953 struct GPollableOutputStream; 6954 6955 /** 6956 * The interface for pollable output streams. 6957 * 6958 * The default implementation of @can_poll always returns %TRUE. 6959 * 6960 * The default implementation of @write_nonblocking calls 6961 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable(), and then calls 6962 * g_output_stream_write() if it returns %TRUE. This means you only 6963 * need to override it if it is possible that your @is_writable 6964 * implementation may return %TRUE when the stream is not actually 6965 * writable. 6966 * 6967 * Since: 2.28 6968 */ 6969 struct GPollableOutputStreamInterface 6970 { 6971 /** 6972 * The parent interface. 6973 */ 6974 GTypeInterface gIface; 6975 /** 6976 * 6977 * Params: 6978 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 6979 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is pollable, %FALSE if not. 6980 */ 6981 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) canPoll; 6982 /** 6983 * 6984 * Params: 6985 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 6986 * Returns: %TRUE if @stream is writable, %FALSE if not. If an error 6987 * has occurred on @stream, this will result in 6988 * g_pollable_output_stream_is_writable() returning %TRUE, and the 6989 * next attempt to write will return the error. 6990 */ 6991 extern(C) int function(GPollableOutputStream* stream) isWritable; 6992 /** 6993 * 6994 * Params: 6995 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream. 6996 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 6997 * Returns: a new #GSource 6998 */ 6999 extern(C) GSource* function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, GCancellable* cancellable) createSource; 7000 /** 7001 * 7002 * Params: 7003 * stream = a #GPollableOutputStream 7004 * buffer = a buffer to write 7005 * data from 7006 * count = the number of bytes you want to write 7007 * Returns: the number of bytes written, or -1 on error (including 7008 * %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK). 7009 * 7010 * Throws: GException on failure. 7011 */ 7012 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GPollableOutputStream* stream, void* buffer, size_t count, GError** err) writeNonblocking; 7013 } 7014 7015 struct GPropertyAction; 7016 7017 struct GProxy; 7018 7019 struct GProxyAddress 7020 { 7021 GInetSocketAddress parentInstance; 7022 GProxyAddressPrivate* priv; 7023 } 7024 7025 /** 7026 * Class structure for #GProxyAddress. 7027 * 7028 * Since: 2.26 7029 */ 7030 struct GProxyAddressClass 7031 { 7032 GInetSocketAddressClass parentClass; 7033 } 7034 7035 struct GProxyAddressEnumerator 7036 { 7037 GSocketAddressEnumerator parentInstance; 7038 GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate* priv; 7039 } 7040 7041 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorClass 7042 { 7043 GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass parentClass; 7044 /** */ 7045 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7046 /** */ 7047 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7048 /** */ 7049 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7050 /** */ 7051 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7052 /** */ 7053 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7054 /** */ 7055 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7056 /** */ 7057 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7058 } 7059 7060 struct GProxyAddressEnumeratorPrivate; 7061 7062 struct GProxyAddressPrivate; 7063 7064 /** 7065 * Provides an interface for handling proxy connection and payload. 7066 * 7067 * Since: 2.26 7068 */ 7069 struct GProxyInterface 7070 { 7071 /** 7072 * The parent interface. 7073 */ 7074 GTypeInterface gIface; 7075 /** 7076 * 7077 * Params: 7078 * proxy = a #GProxy 7079 * connection = a #GIOStream 7080 * proxyAddress = a #GProxyAddress 7081 * cancellable = a #GCancellable 7082 * Returns: a #GIOStream that will replace @connection. This might 7083 * be the same as @connection, in which case a reference 7084 * will be added. 7085 * 7086 * Throws: GException on failure. 7087 */ 7088 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) connect; 7089 /** */ 7090 extern(C) void function(GProxy* proxy, GIOStream* connection, GProxyAddress* proxyAddress, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) connectAsync; 7091 /** 7092 * 7093 * Params: 7094 * proxy = a #GProxy 7095 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7096 * Returns: a #GIOStream. 7097 * 7098 * Throws: GException on failure. 7099 */ 7100 extern(C) GIOStream* function(GProxy* proxy, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) connectFinish; 7101 /** 7102 * 7103 * Params: 7104 * proxy = a #GProxy 7105 * Returns: %TRUE if hostname resolution is supported. 7106 */ 7107 extern(C) int function(GProxy* proxy) supportsHostname; 7108 } 7109 7110 struct GProxyResolver; 7111 7112 /** 7113 * The virtual function table for #GProxyResolver. 7114 */ 7115 struct GProxyResolverInterface 7116 { 7117 /** 7118 * The parent interface. 7119 */ 7120 GTypeInterface gIface; 7121 /** 7122 * 7123 * Params: 7124 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7125 * Returns: %TRUE if @resolver is supported. 7126 */ 7127 extern(C) int function(GProxyResolver* resolver) isSupported; 7128 /** 7129 * 7130 * Params: 7131 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7132 * uri = a URI representing the destination to connect to 7133 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7134 * Returns: A 7135 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7136 * with g_strfreev(). 7137 * 7138 * Throws: GException on failure. 7139 */ 7140 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookup; 7141 /** */ 7142 extern(C) void function(GProxyResolver* resolver, const(char)* uri, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupAsync; 7143 /** 7144 * 7145 * Params: 7146 * resolver = a #GProxyResolver 7147 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7148 * Returns: A 7149 * NULL-terminated array of proxy URIs. Must be freed 7150 * with g_strfreev(). 7151 * 7152 * Throws: GException on failure. 7153 */ 7154 extern(C) char** function(GProxyResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupFinish; 7155 } 7156 7157 struct GRemoteActionGroup; 7158 7159 /** 7160 * The virtual function table for #GRemoteActionGroup. 7161 * 7162 * Since: 2.32 7163 */ 7164 struct GRemoteActionGroupInterface 7165 { 7166 GTypeInterface gIface; 7167 /** */ 7168 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* parameter, GVariant* platformData) activateActionFull; 7169 /** */ 7170 extern(C) void function(GRemoteActionGroup* remote, const(char)* actionName, GVariant* value, GVariant* platformData) changeActionStateFull; 7171 } 7172 7173 struct GResolver 7174 { 7175 GObject parentInstance; 7176 GResolverPrivate* priv; 7177 } 7178 7179 struct GResolverClass 7180 { 7181 GObjectClass parentClass; 7182 /** */ 7183 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver) reload; 7184 /** 7185 * 7186 * Params: 7187 * resolver = a #GResolver 7188 * hostname = the hostname to look up 7189 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7190 * Returns: a non-empty #GList 7191 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. You 7192 * must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are 7193 * done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.) 7194 * 7195 * Throws: GException on failure. 7196 */ 7197 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByName; 7198 /** */ 7199 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* hostname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByNameAsync; 7200 /** 7201 * 7202 * Params: 7203 * resolver = a #GResolver 7204 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7205 * Returns: a #GList 7206 * of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() 7207 * for more details. 7208 * 7209 * Throws: GException on failure. 7210 */ 7211 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByNameFinish; 7212 /** 7213 * 7214 * Params: 7215 * resolver = a #GResolver 7216 * address = the address to reverse-resolve 7217 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7218 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7219 * form), or %NULL on error. 7220 * 7221 * Throws: GException on failure. 7222 */ 7223 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupByAddress; 7224 /** */ 7225 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, GInetAddress* address, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupByAddressAsync; 7226 /** 7227 * 7228 * Params: 7229 * resolver = a #GResolver 7230 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7231 * Returns: a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded 7232 * form), or %NULL on error. 7233 * 7234 * Throws: GException on failure. 7235 */ 7236 extern(C) char* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupByAddressFinish; 7237 /** */ 7238 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupService; 7239 /** */ 7240 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupServiceAsync; 7241 /** 7242 * 7243 * Params: 7244 * resolver = a #GResolver 7245 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7246 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7247 * #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more 7248 * details. 7249 * 7250 * Throws: GException on failure. 7251 */ 7252 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupServiceFinish; 7253 /** 7254 * 7255 * Params: 7256 * resolver = a #GResolver 7257 * rrname = the DNS name to lookup the record for 7258 * recordType = the type of DNS record to lookup 7259 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7260 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7261 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7262 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7263 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7264 * 7265 * Throws: GException on failure. 7266 */ 7267 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupRecords; 7268 /** */ 7269 extern(C) void function(GResolver* resolver, const(char)* rrname, GResolverRecordType recordType, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupRecordsAsync; 7270 /** 7271 * 7272 * Params: 7273 * resolver = a #GResolver 7274 * result = the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback 7275 * Returns: a non-empty #GList of 7276 * #GVariant, or %NULL on error. You must free each of the records and the list 7277 * when you are done with it. (You can use g_list_free_full() with 7278 * g_variant_unref() to do this.) 7279 * 7280 * Throws: GException on failure. 7281 */ 7282 extern(C) GList* function(GResolver* resolver, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupRecordsFinish; 7283 /** */ 7284 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7285 /** */ 7286 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7287 /** */ 7288 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7289 } 7290 7291 struct GResolverPrivate; 7292 7293 struct GResource; 7294 7295 struct GSeekable; 7296 7297 /** 7298 * Provides an interface for implementing seekable functionality on I/O Streams. 7299 */ 7300 struct GSeekableIface 7301 { 7302 /** 7303 * The parent interface. 7304 */ 7305 GTypeInterface gIface; 7306 /** 7307 * 7308 * Params: 7309 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7310 * Returns: the offset from the beginning of the buffer. 7311 */ 7312 extern(C) long function(GSeekable* seekable) tell; 7313 /** 7314 * 7315 * Params: 7316 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7317 * Returns: %TRUE if @seekable can be seeked. %FALSE otherwise. 7318 */ 7319 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canSeek; 7320 /** 7321 * 7322 * Params: 7323 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7324 * offset = a #goffset. 7325 * type = a #GSeekType. 7326 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7327 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7328 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7329 * appropriately if present. 7330 * 7331 * Throws: GException on failure. 7332 */ 7333 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GSeekType type, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) seek; 7334 /** 7335 * 7336 * Params: 7337 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7338 * Returns: %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise. 7339 */ 7340 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable) canTruncate; 7341 /** 7342 * 7343 * Params: 7344 * seekable = a #GSeekable. 7345 * offset = new length for @seekable, in bytes. 7346 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7347 * Returns: %TRUE if successful. If an error 7348 * has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error 7349 * appropriately if present. 7350 * 7351 * Throws: GException on failure. 7352 */ 7353 extern(C) int function(GSeekable* seekable, long offset, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) truncateFn; 7354 } 7355 7356 struct GSettings 7357 { 7358 GObject parentInstance; 7359 GSettingsPrivate* priv; 7360 } 7361 7362 struct GSettingsBackend 7363 { 7364 GObject parentInstance; 7365 GSettingsBackendPrivate* priv; 7366 } 7367 7368 /** 7369 * Class structure for #GSettingsBackend. 7370 */ 7371 struct GSettingsBackendClass 7372 { 7373 GObjectClass parentClass; 7374 /** */ 7375 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType, int defaultValue) read; 7376 /** */ 7377 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key) getWritable; 7378 /** */ 7379 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariant* value, void* originTag) write; 7380 /** */ 7381 extern(C) int function(GSettingsBackend* backend, GTree* tree, void* originTag) writeTree; 7382 /** */ 7383 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, void* originTag) reset; 7384 /** */ 7385 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) subscribe; 7386 /** */ 7387 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* name) unsubscribe; 7388 /** */ 7389 extern(C) void function(GSettingsBackend* backend) sync; 7390 /** */ 7391 extern(C) GPermission* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* path) getPermission; 7392 /** */ 7393 extern(C) GVariant* function(GSettingsBackend* backend, const(char)* key, GVariantType* expectedType) readUserValue; 7394 void*[23] padding; 7395 } 7396 7397 struct GSettingsBackendPrivate; 7398 7399 struct GSettingsClass 7400 { 7401 GObjectClass parentClass; 7402 /** */ 7403 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) writableChanged; 7404 /** */ 7405 extern(C) void function(GSettings* settings, const(char)* key) changed; 7406 /** */ 7407 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark key) writableChangeEvent; 7408 /** */ 7409 extern(C) int function(GSettings* settings, GQuark* keys, int nKeys) changeEvent; 7410 void*[20] padding; 7411 } 7412 7413 struct GSettingsPrivate; 7414 7415 struct GSettingsSchema; 7416 7417 struct GSettingsSchemaKey; 7418 7419 struct GSettingsSchemaSource; 7420 7421 struct GSimpleAction; 7422 7423 struct GSimpleActionGroup 7424 { 7425 GObject parentInstance; 7426 GSimpleActionGroupPrivate* priv; 7427 } 7428 7429 struct GSimpleActionGroupClass 7430 { 7431 GObjectClass parentClass; 7432 void*[12] padding; 7433 } 7434 7435 struct GSimpleActionGroupPrivate; 7436 7437 struct GSimpleAsyncResult; 7438 7439 struct GSimpleAsyncResultClass; 7440 7441 struct GSimpleIOStream; 7442 7443 struct GSimplePermission; 7444 7445 struct GSimpleProxyResolver 7446 { 7447 GObject parentInstance; 7448 GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate* priv; 7449 } 7450 7451 struct GSimpleProxyResolverClass 7452 { 7453 GObjectClass parentClass; 7454 /** */ 7455 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7456 /** */ 7457 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7458 /** */ 7459 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7460 /** */ 7461 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7462 /** */ 7463 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7464 } 7465 7466 struct GSimpleProxyResolverPrivate; 7467 7468 struct GSocket 7469 { 7470 GObject parentInstance; 7471 GSocketPrivate* priv; 7472 } 7473 7474 struct GSocketAddress 7475 { 7476 GObject parentInstance; 7477 } 7478 7479 struct GSocketAddressClass 7480 { 7481 GObjectClass parentClass; 7482 /** 7483 * 7484 * Params: 7485 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7486 * Returns: the socket family type of @address 7487 */ 7488 extern(C) GSocketFamily function(GSocketAddress* address) getFamily; 7489 /** 7490 * 7491 * Params: 7492 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7493 * Returns: the size of the native struct sockaddr that 7494 * @address represents 7495 */ 7496 extern(C) ptrdiff_t function(GSocketAddress* address) getNativeSize; 7497 /** 7498 * 7499 * Params: 7500 * address = a #GSocketAddress 7501 * dest = a pointer to a memory location that will contain the native 7502 * struct sockaddr 7503 * destlen = the size of @dest. Must be at least as large as 7504 * g_socket_address_get_native_size() 7505 * Returns: %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error 7506 * 7507 * Throws: GException on failure. 7508 */ 7509 extern(C) int function(GSocketAddress* address, void* dest, size_t destlen, GError** err) toNative; 7510 } 7511 7512 struct GSocketAddressEnumerator 7513 { 7514 GObject parentInstance; 7515 } 7516 7517 struct GSocketAddressEnumeratorClass 7518 { 7519 GObjectClass parentClass; 7520 /** 7521 * 7522 * Params: 7523 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7524 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 7525 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 7526 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 7527 * more addresses. 7528 * 7529 * Throws: GException on failure. 7530 */ 7531 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) next; 7532 /** */ 7533 extern(C) void function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) nextAsync; 7534 /** 7535 * 7536 * Params: 7537 * enumerator = a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7538 * result = a #GAsyncResult 7539 * Returns: a #GSocketAddress (owned by the caller), or %NULL on 7540 * error (in which case *@error will be set) or if there are no 7541 * more addresses. 7542 * 7543 * Throws: GException on failure. 7544 */ 7545 extern(C) GSocketAddress* function(GSocketAddressEnumerator* enumerator, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) nextFinish; 7546 } 7547 7548 struct GSocketClass 7549 { 7550 GObjectClass parentClass; 7551 /** */ 7552 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7553 /** */ 7554 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7555 /** */ 7556 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7557 /** */ 7558 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7559 /** */ 7560 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7561 /** */ 7562 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7563 /** */ 7564 extern(C) void function() GReserved7; 7565 /** */ 7566 extern(C) void function() GReserved8; 7567 /** */ 7568 extern(C) void function() GReserved9; 7569 /** */ 7570 extern(C) void function() GReserved10; 7571 } 7572 7573 struct GSocketClient 7574 { 7575 GObject parentInstance; 7576 GSocketClientPrivate* priv; 7577 } 7578 7579 struct GSocketClientClass 7580 { 7581 GObjectClass parentClass; 7582 /** */ 7583 extern(C) void function(GSocketClient* client, GSocketClientEvent event, GSocketConnectable* connectable, GIOStream* connection) event; 7584 /** */ 7585 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7586 /** */ 7587 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7588 /** */ 7589 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7590 /** */ 7591 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7592 } 7593 7594 struct GSocketClientPrivate; 7595 7596 struct GSocketConnectable; 7597 7598 /** 7599 * Provides an interface for returning a #GSocketAddressEnumerator 7600 * and #GProxyAddressEnumerator 7601 */ 7602 struct GSocketConnectableIface 7603 { 7604 /** 7605 * The parent interface. 7606 */ 7607 GTypeInterface gIface; 7608 /** 7609 * 7610 * Params: 7611 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7612 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7613 */ 7614 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) enumerate; 7615 /** 7616 * 7617 * Params: 7618 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7619 * Returns: a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator. 7620 */ 7621 extern(C) GSocketAddressEnumerator* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) proxyEnumerate; 7622 /** 7623 * 7624 * Params: 7625 * connectable = a #GSocketConnectable 7626 * Returns: the formatted string 7627 */ 7628 extern(C) char* function(GSocketConnectable* connectable) toString; 7629 } 7630 7631 struct GSocketConnection 7632 { 7633 GIOStream parentInstance; 7634 GSocketConnectionPrivate* priv; 7635 } 7636 7637 struct GSocketConnectionClass 7638 { 7639 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 7640 /** */ 7641 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7642 /** */ 7643 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7644 /** */ 7645 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7646 /** */ 7647 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7648 /** */ 7649 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7650 /** */ 7651 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7652 } 7653 7654 struct GSocketConnectionPrivate; 7655 7656 struct GSocketControlMessage 7657 { 7658 GObject parentInstance; 7659 GSocketControlMessagePrivate* priv; 7660 } 7661 7662 /** 7663 * Class structure for #GSocketControlMessage. 7664 */ 7665 struct GSocketControlMessageClass 7666 { 7667 GObjectClass parentClass; 7668 /** 7669 * 7670 * Params: 7671 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 7672 * Returns: The number of bytes required. 7673 */ 7674 extern(C) size_t function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getSize; 7675 /** 7676 * 7677 * Params: 7678 * message = a #GSocketControlMessage 7679 * Returns: an integer describing the level 7680 */ 7681 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getLevel; 7682 /** */ 7683 extern(C) int function(GSocketControlMessage* message) getType; 7684 /** */ 7685 extern(C) void function(GSocketControlMessage* message, void* data) serialize; 7686 /** */ 7687 extern(C) GSocketControlMessage* function(int level, int type, size_t size, void* data) deserialize; 7688 /** */ 7689 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7690 /** */ 7691 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7692 /** */ 7693 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7694 /** */ 7695 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7696 /** */ 7697 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7698 } 7699 7700 struct GSocketControlMessagePrivate; 7701 7702 struct GSocketListener 7703 { 7704 GObject parentInstance; 7705 GSocketListenerPrivate* priv; 7706 } 7707 7708 /** 7709 * Class structure for #GSocketListener. 7710 */ 7711 struct GSocketListenerClass 7712 { 7713 GObjectClass parentClass; 7714 /** */ 7715 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener) changed; 7716 /** */ 7717 extern(C) void function(GSocketListener* listener, GSocketListenerEvent event, GSocket* socket) event; 7718 /** */ 7719 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7720 /** */ 7721 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7722 /** */ 7723 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7724 /** */ 7725 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7726 /** */ 7727 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7728 } 7729 7730 struct GSocketListenerPrivate; 7731 7732 struct GSocketPrivate; 7733 7734 struct GSocketService 7735 { 7736 GSocketListener parentInstance; 7737 GSocketServicePrivate* priv; 7738 } 7739 7740 /** 7741 * Class structure for #GSocketService. 7742 */ 7743 struct GSocketServiceClass 7744 { 7745 GSocketListenerClass parentClass; 7746 /** */ 7747 extern(C) int function(GSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) incoming; 7748 /** */ 7749 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7750 /** */ 7751 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7752 /** */ 7753 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7754 /** */ 7755 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7756 /** */ 7757 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7758 /** */ 7759 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 7760 } 7761 7762 struct GSocketServicePrivate; 7763 7764 struct GSrvTarget; 7765 7766 struct GStaticResource 7767 { 7768 ubyte* data; 7769 size_t dataLen; 7770 GResource* resource; 7771 GStaticResource* next; 7772 void* padding; 7773 } 7774 7775 struct GSubprocess; 7776 7777 struct GSubprocessLauncher; 7778 7779 struct GTask; 7780 7781 struct GTaskClass; 7782 7783 struct GTcpConnection 7784 { 7785 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 7786 GTcpConnectionPrivate* priv; 7787 } 7788 7789 struct GTcpConnectionClass 7790 { 7791 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 7792 } 7793 7794 struct GTcpConnectionPrivate; 7795 7796 struct GTcpWrapperConnection 7797 { 7798 GTcpConnection parentInstance; 7799 GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate* priv; 7800 } 7801 7802 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionClass 7803 { 7804 GTcpConnectionClass parentClass; 7805 } 7806 7807 struct GTcpWrapperConnectionPrivate; 7808 7809 struct GTestDBus; 7810 7811 struct GThemedIcon; 7812 7813 struct GThemedIconClass; 7814 7815 struct GThreadedSocketService 7816 { 7817 GSocketService parentInstance; 7818 GThreadedSocketServicePrivate* priv; 7819 } 7820 7821 struct GThreadedSocketServiceClass 7822 { 7823 GSocketServiceClass parentClass; 7824 /** */ 7825 extern(C) int function(GThreadedSocketService* service, GSocketConnection* connection, GObject* sourceObject) run; 7826 /** */ 7827 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 7828 /** */ 7829 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 7830 /** */ 7831 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 7832 /** */ 7833 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 7834 /** */ 7835 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 7836 } 7837 7838 struct GThreadedSocketServicePrivate; 7839 7840 struct GTlsBackend; 7841 7842 /** 7843 * Provides an interface for describing TLS-related types. 7844 * 7845 * Since: 2.28 7846 */ 7847 struct GTlsBackendInterface 7848 { 7849 /** 7850 * The parent interface. 7851 */ 7852 GTypeInterface gIface; 7853 /** 7854 * 7855 * Params: 7856 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 7857 * Returns: whether or not TLS is supported 7858 */ 7859 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsTls; 7860 /** */ 7861 extern(C) GType function() getCertificateType; 7862 /** */ 7863 extern(C) GType function() getClientConnectionType; 7864 /** */ 7865 extern(C) GType function() getServerConnectionType; 7866 /** */ 7867 extern(C) GType function() getFileDatabaseType; 7868 /** 7869 * 7870 * Params: 7871 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 7872 * Returns: the default database, which should be 7873 * unreffed when done. 7874 */ 7875 extern(C) GTlsDatabase* function(GTlsBackend* backend) getDefaultDatabase; 7876 /** 7877 * 7878 * Params: 7879 * backend = the #GTlsBackend 7880 * Returns: whether DTLS is supported 7881 */ 7882 extern(C) int function(GTlsBackend* backend) supportsDtls; 7883 /** */ 7884 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsClientConnectionType; 7885 /** */ 7886 extern(C) GType function() getDtlsServerConnectionType; 7887 } 7888 7889 struct GTlsCertificate 7890 { 7891 GObject parentInstance; 7892 GTlsCertificatePrivate* priv; 7893 } 7894 7895 struct GTlsCertificateClass 7896 { 7897 GObjectClass parentClass; 7898 /** 7899 * 7900 * Params: 7901 * cert = a #GTlsCertificate 7902 * identity = the expected peer identity 7903 * trustedCa = the certificate of a trusted authority 7904 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags 7905 */ 7906 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsCertificate* cert, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsCertificate* trustedCa) verify; 7907 void*[8] padding; 7908 } 7909 7910 struct GTlsCertificatePrivate; 7911 7912 struct GTlsClientConnection; 7913 7914 /** 7915 * vtable for a #GTlsClientConnection implementation. 7916 * 7917 * Since: 2.26 7918 */ 7919 struct GTlsClientConnectionInterface 7920 { 7921 /** 7922 * The parent interface. 7923 */ 7924 GTypeInterface gIface; 7925 /** */ 7926 extern(C) void function(GTlsClientConnection* conn, GTlsClientConnection* source) copySessionState; 7927 } 7928 7929 struct GTlsConnection 7930 { 7931 GIOStream parentInstance; 7932 GTlsConnectionPrivate* priv; 7933 } 7934 7935 struct GTlsConnectionClass 7936 { 7937 GIOStreamClass parentClass; 7938 /** */ 7939 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificate* peerCert, GTlsCertificateFlags errors) acceptCertificate; 7940 /** 7941 * 7942 * Params: 7943 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 7944 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7945 * Returns: success or failure 7946 * 7947 * Throws: GException on failure. 7948 */ 7949 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) handshake; 7950 /** */ 7951 extern(C) void function(GTlsConnection* conn, int ioPriority, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) handshakeAsync; 7952 /** 7953 * 7954 * Params: 7955 * conn = a #GTlsConnection 7956 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 7957 * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure, in which 7958 * case @error will be set. 7959 * 7960 * Throws: GException on failure. 7961 */ 7962 extern(C) int function(GTlsConnection* conn, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) handshakeFinish; 7963 void*[8] padding; 7964 } 7965 7966 struct GTlsConnectionPrivate; 7967 7968 struct GTlsDatabase 7969 { 7970 GObject parentInstance; 7971 GTlsDatabasePrivate* priv; 7972 } 7973 7974 /** 7975 * The class for #GTlsDatabase. Derived classes should implement the various 7976 * virtual methods. _async and _finish methods have a default 7977 * implementation that runs the corresponding sync method in a thread. 7978 * 7979 * Since: 2.30 7980 */ 7981 struct GTlsDatabaseClass 7982 { 7983 GObjectClass parentClass; 7984 /** 7985 * 7986 * Params: 7987 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 7988 * chain = a #GTlsCertificate chain 7989 * purpose = the purpose that this certificate chain will be used for. 7990 * identity = the expected peer identity 7991 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 7992 * flags = additional verify flags 7993 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 7994 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 7995 * result of verification. 7996 * 7997 * Throws: GException on failure. 7998 */ 7999 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) verifyChain; 8000 /** */ 8001 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* chain, const(char)* purpose, GSocketConnectable* identity, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseVerifyFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) verifyChainAsync; 8002 /** 8003 * 8004 * Params: 8005 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8006 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8007 * Returns: the appropriate #GTlsCertificateFlags which represents the 8008 * result of verification. 8009 * 8010 * Throws: GException on failure. 8011 */ 8012 extern(C) GTlsCertificateFlags function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) verifyChainFinish; 8013 /** 8014 * 8015 * Params: 8016 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8017 * certificate = certificate for which to create a handle. 8018 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8019 * handle. 8020 */ 8021 extern(C) char* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate) createCertificateHandle; 8022 /** 8023 * 8024 * Params: 8025 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8026 * handle = a certificate handle 8027 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8028 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup. 8029 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8030 * Returns: a newly allocated 8031 * #GTlsCertificate, or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8032 * 8033 * Throws: GException on failure. 8034 */ 8035 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandle; 8036 /** */ 8037 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, const(char)* handle, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateForHandleAsync; 8038 /** 8039 * 8040 * Params: 8041 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8042 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8043 * Returns: a newly allocated #GTlsCertificate object. 8044 * Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8045 * 8046 * Throws: GException on failure. 8047 */ 8048 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateForHandleFinish; 8049 /** 8050 * 8051 * Params: 8052 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8053 * certificate = a #GTlsCertificate 8054 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8055 * flags = flags which affect the lookup operation 8056 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8057 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8058 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8059 * 8060 * Throws: GException on failure. 8061 */ 8062 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuer; 8063 /** */ 8064 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GTlsCertificate* certificate, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificateIssuerAsync; 8065 /** 8066 * 8067 * Params: 8068 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8069 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8070 * Returns: a newly allocated issuer #GTlsCertificate, 8071 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to release the certificate. 8072 * 8073 * Throws: GException on failure. 8074 */ 8075 extern(C) GTlsCertificate* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificateIssuerFinish; 8076 /** 8077 * 8078 * Params: 8079 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8080 * issuerRawDn = a #GByteArray which holds the DER encoded issuer DN. 8081 * interaction = used to interact with the user if necessary 8082 * flags = Flags which affect the lookup operation. 8083 * cancellable = a #GCancellable, or %NULL 8084 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8085 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8086 * 8087 * Throws: GException on failure. 8088 */ 8089 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedBy; 8090 /** */ 8091 extern(C) void function(GTlsDatabase* self, GByteArray* issuerRawDn, GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsDatabaseLookupFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) lookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync; 8092 /** 8093 * 8094 * Params: 8095 * self = a #GTlsDatabase 8096 * result = a #GAsyncResult. 8097 * Returns: a newly allocated list of #GTlsCertificate 8098 * objects. Use g_object_unref() on each certificate, and g_list_free() on the release the list. 8099 * 8100 * Throws: GException on failure. 8101 */ 8102 extern(C) GList* function(GTlsDatabase* self, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) lookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish; 8103 void*[16] padding; 8104 } 8105 8106 struct GTlsDatabasePrivate; 8107 8108 struct GTlsFileDatabase; 8109 8110 /** 8111 * Provides an interface for #GTlsFileDatabase implementations. 8112 */ 8113 struct GTlsFileDatabaseInterface 8114 { 8115 /** 8116 * The parent interface. 8117 */ 8118 GTypeInterface gIface; 8119 void*[8] padding; 8120 } 8121 8122 struct GTlsInteraction 8123 { 8124 GObject parentInstance; 8125 GTlsInteractionPrivate* priv; 8126 } 8127 8128 /** 8129 * The class for #GTlsInteraction. Derived classes implement the various 8130 * virtual interaction methods to handle TLS interactions. 8131 * 8132 * Derived classes can choose to implement whichever interactions methods they'd 8133 * like to support by overriding those virtual methods in their class 8134 * initialization function. If a derived class implements an async method, 8135 * it must also implement the corresponding finish method. 8136 * 8137 * The synchronous interaction methods should implement to display modal dialogs, 8138 * and the asynchronous methods to display modeless dialogs. 8139 * 8140 * If the user cancels an interaction, then the result should be 8141 * %G_TLS_INTERACTION_FAILED and the error should be set with a domain of 8142 * %G_IO_ERROR and code of %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED. 8143 * 8144 * Since: 2.30 8145 */ 8146 struct GTlsInteractionClass 8147 { 8148 GObjectClass parentClass; 8149 /** 8150 * 8151 * Params: 8152 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8153 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8154 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8155 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8156 * 8157 * Throws: GException on failure. 8158 */ 8159 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) askPassword; 8160 /** */ 8161 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsPassword* password, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) askPasswordAsync; 8162 /** 8163 * 8164 * Params: 8165 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8166 * result = the result passed to the callback 8167 * Returns: The status of the ask password interaction. 8168 * 8169 * Throws: GException on failure. 8170 */ 8171 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) askPasswordFinish; 8172 /** 8173 * 8174 * Params: 8175 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8176 * connection = a #GTlsConnection object 8177 * flags = flags providing more information about the request 8178 * cancellable = an optional #GCancellable cancellation object 8179 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8180 * 8181 * Throws: GException on failure. 8182 */ 8183 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) requestCertificate; 8184 /** */ 8185 extern(C) void function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GTlsConnection* connection, GTlsCertificateRequestFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) requestCertificateAsync; 8186 /** 8187 * 8188 * Params: 8189 * interaction = a #GTlsInteraction object 8190 * result = the result passed to the callback 8191 * Returns: The status of the request certificate interaction. 8192 * 8193 * Throws: GException on failure. 8194 */ 8195 extern(C) GTlsInteractionResult function(GTlsInteraction* interaction, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) requestCertificateFinish; 8196 void*[21] padding; 8197 } 8198 8199 struct GTlsInteractionPrivate; 8200 8201 struct GTlsPassword 8202 { 8203 GObject parentInstance; 8204 GTlsPasswordPrivate* priv; 8205 } 8206 8207 /** 8208 * Class structure for #GTlsPassword. 8209 */ 8210 struct GTlsPasswordClass 8211 { 8212 GObjectClass parentClass; 8213 /** 8214 * 8215 * Params: 8216 * password = a #GTlsPassword object 8217 * length = location to place the length of the password. 8218 * Returns: The password value (owned by the password object). 8219 */ 8220 extern(C) char* function(GTlsPassword* password, size_t* length) getValue; 8221 /** */ 8222 extern(C) void function(GTlsPassword* password, char* value, ptrdiff_t length, GDestroyNotify destroy) setValue; 8223 /** */ 8224 extern(C) const(char)* function(GTlsPassword* password) getDefaultWarning; 8225 void*[4] padding; 8226 } 8227 8228 struct GTlsPasswordPrivate; 8229 8230 struct GTlsServerConnection; 8231 8232 /** 8233 * vtable for a #GTlsServerConnection implementation. 8234 * 8235 * Since: 2.26 8236 */ 8237 struct GTlsServerConnectionInterface 8238 { 8239 /** 8240 * The parent interface. 8241 */ 8242 GTypeInterface gIface; 8243 } 8244 8245 struct GUnixConnection 8246 { 8247 GSocketConnection parentInstance; 8248 GUnixConnectionPrivate* priv; 8249 } 8250 8251 struct GUnixConnectionClass 8252 { 8253 GSocketConnectionClass parentClass; 8254 } 8255 8256 struct GUnixConnectionPrivate; 8257 8258 struct GUnixCredentialsMessage 8259 { 8260 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8261 GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate* priv; 8262 } 8263 8264 /** 8265 * Class structure for #GUnixCredentialsMessage. 8266 * 8267 * Since: 2.26 8268 */ 8269 struct GUnixCredentialsMessageClass 8270 { 8271 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8272 /** */ 8273 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8274 /** */ 8275 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8276 } 8277 8278 struct GUnixCredentialsMessagePrivate; 8279 8280 struct GUnixFDList 8281 { 8282 GObject parentInstance; 8283 GUnixFDListPrivate* priv; 8284 } 8285 8286 struct GUnixFDListClass 8287 { 8288 GObjectClass parentClass; 8289 /** */ 8290 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8291 /** */ 8292 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8293 /** */ 8294 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8295 /** */ 8296 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8297 /** */ 8298 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8299 } 8300 8301 struct GUnixFDListPrivate; 8302 8303 struct GUnixFDMessage 8304 { 8305 GSocketControlMessage parentInstance; 8306 GUnixFDMessagePrivate* priv; 8307 } 8308 8309 struct GUnixFDMessageClass 8310 { 8311 GSocketControlMessageClass parentClass; 8312 /** */ 8313 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8314 /** */ 8315 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8316 } 8317 8318 struct GUnixFDMessagePrivate; 8319 8320 struct GUnixInputStream 8321 { 8322 GInputStream parentInstance; 8323 GUnixInputStreamPrivate* priv; 8324 } 8325 8326 struct GUnixInputStreamClass 8327 { 8328 GInputStreamClass parentClass; 8329 /** */ 8330 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8331 /** */ 8332 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8333 /** */ 8334 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8335 /** */ 8336 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8337 /** */ 8338 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8339 } 8340 8341 struct GUnixInputStreamPrivate; 8342 8343 /** 8344 * Defines a Unix mount entry (e.g. <filename>/media/cdrom</filename>). 8345 * This corresponds roughly to a mtab entry. 8346 */ 8347 struct GUnixMountEntry; 8348 8349 struct GUnixMountMonitor; 8350 8351 struct GUnixMountMonitorClass; 8352 8353 struct GUnixMountPoint; 8354 8355 struct GUnixOutputStream 8356 { 8357 GOutputStream parentInstance; 8358 GUnixOutputStreamPrivate* priv; 8359 } 8360 8361 struct GUnixOutputStreamClass 8362 { 8363 GOutputStreamClass parentClass; 8364 /** */ 8365 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8366 /** */ 8367 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8368 /** */ 8369 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8370 /** */ 8371 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8372 /** */ 8373 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8374 } 8375 8376 struct GUnixOutputStreamPrivate; 8377 8378 struct GUnixSocketAddress 8379 { 8380 GSocketAddress parentInstance; 8381 GUnixSocketAddressPrivate* priv; 8382 } 8383 8384 struct GUnixSocketAddressClass 8385 { 8386 GSocketAddressClass parentClass; 8387 } 8388 8389 struct GUnixSocketAddressPrivate; 8390 8391 struct GVfs 8392 { 8393 GObject parentInstance; 8394 } 8395 8396 struct GVfsClass 8397 { 8398 GObjectClass parentClass; 8399 /** 8400 * 8401 * Params: 8402 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8403 * Returns: %TRUE if construction of the @vfs was successful 8404 * and it is now active. 8405 */ 8406 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs) isActive; 8407 /** 8408 * 8409 * Params: 8410 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8411 * path = a string containing a VFS path. 8412 * Returns: a #GFile. 8413 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8414 */ 8415 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* path) getFileForPath; 8416 /** 8417 * 8418 * Params: 8419 * vfs = a#GVfs. 8420 * uri = a string containing a URI 8421 * Returns: a #GFile. 8422 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8423 */ 8424 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* uri) getFileForUri; 8425 /** 8426 * 8427 * Params: 8428 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8429 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array of strings. 8430 * The returned array belongs to GIO and must 8431 * not be freed or modified. 8432 */ 8433 extern(C) char** function(GVfs* vfs) getSupportedUriSchemes; 8434 /** 8435 * 8436 * Params: 8437 * vfs = a #GVfs. 8438 * parseName = a string to be parsed by the VFS module. 8439 * Returns: a #GFile for the given @parse_name. 8440 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8441 */ 8442 extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* parseName) parseName; 8443 /** */ 8444 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, ulong device, GFileAttributeMatcher* attributeMatcher, GFileInfo* info, GCancellable* cancellable, void** extraData, GDestroyNotify* freeExtraData) localFileAddInfo; 8445 /** */ 8446 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, GFileAttributeInfoList* list) addWritableNamespaces; 8447 /** */ 8448 extern(C) int function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename, GFileInfo* info, GFileQueryInfoFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GError** err) localFileSetAttributes; 8449 /** */ 8450 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* filename) localFileRemoved; 8451 /** */ 8452 extern(C) void function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* source, const(char)* dest) localFileMoved; 8453 /** */ 8454 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVfs* vfs, GVariant* value) deserializeIcon; 8455 /** */ 8456 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8457 /** */ 8458 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8459 /** */ 8460 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8461 /** */ 8462 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8463 /** */ 8464 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8465 /** */ 8466 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8467 } 8468 8469 struct GVolume; 8470 8471 /** 8472 * Interface for implementing operations for mountable volumes. 8473 */ 8474 struct GVolumeIface 8475 { 8476 /** 8477 * The parent interface. 8478 */ 8479 GTypeInterface gIface; 8480 /** */ 8481 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) changed; 8482 /** */ 8483 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume) removed; 8484 /** 8485 * 8486 * Params: 8487 * volume = a #GVolume 8488 * Returns: the name for the given @volume. The returned string should 8489 * be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. 8490 */ 8491 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getName; 8492 /** 8493 * 8494 * Params: 8495 * volume = a #GVolume 8496 * Returns: a #GIcon. 8497 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8498 * when no longer needed. 8499 */ 8500 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getIcon; 8501 /** 8502 * 8503 * Params: 8504 * volume = a #GVolume 8505 * Returns: the UUID for @volume or %NULL if no UUID can be computed. 8506 * The returned string should be freed with g_free() 8507 * when no longer needed. 8508 */ 8509 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume) getUuid; 8510 /** 8511 * 8512 * Params: 8513 * volume = a #GVolume 8514 * Returns: a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not 8515 * associated with a drive. The returned object should be unreffed 8516 * with g_object_unref() when no longer needed. 8517 */ 8518 extern(C) GDrive* function(GVolume* volume) getDrive; 8519 /** 8520 * 8521 * Params: 8522 * volume = a #GVolume 8523 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if @volume isn't mounted. 8524 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8525 * when no longer needed. 8526 */ 8527 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolume* volume) getMount; 8528 /** 8529 * 8530 * Params: 8531 * volume = a #GVolume 8532 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be mounted. %FALSE otherwise 8533 */ 8534 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canMount; 8535 /** 8536 * 8537 * Params: 8538 * volume = a #GVolume 8539 * Returns: %TRUE if the @volume can be ejected. %FALSE otherwise 8540 */ 8541 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) canEject; 8542 /** */ 8543 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountMountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) mountFn; 8544 /** 8545 * 8546 * Params: 8547 * volume = a #GVolume 8548 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8549 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 8550 * 8551 * Throws: GException on failure. 8552 */ 8553 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) mountFinish; 8554 /** */ 8555 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) eject; 8556 /** 8557 * 8558 * Params: 8559 * volume = pointer to a #GVolume 8560 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8561 * Returns: %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed 8562 * 8563 * Throws: GException on failure. 8564 */ 8565 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectFinish; 8566 /** 8567 * 8568 * Params: 8569 * volume = a #GVolume 8570 * kind = the kind of identifier to return 8571 * Returns: a newly allocated string containing the 8572 * requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GVolume 8573 * doesn't have this kind of identifier 8574 */ 8575 extern(C) char* function(GVolume* volume, const(char)* kind) getIdentifier; 8576 /** 8577 * 8578 * Params: 8579 * volume = a #GVolume 8580 * Returns: a %NULL-terminated array 8581 * of strings containing kinds of identifiers. Use g_strfreev() to free. 8582 */ 8583 extern(C) char** function(GVolume* volume) enumerateIdentifiers; 8584 /** 8585 * 8586 * Params: 8587 * volume = a #GVolume 8588 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted 8589 */ 8590 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume) shouldAutomount; 8591 /** 8592 * 8593 * Params: 8594 * volume = a #GVolume 8595 * Returns: the activation root of @volume 8596 * or %NULL. Use g_object_unref() to free. 8597 */ 8598 extern(C) GFile* function(GVolume* volume) getActivationRoot; 8599 /** */ 8600 extern(C) void function(GVolume* volume, GMountUnmountFlags flags, GMountOperation* mountOperation, GCancellable* cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, void* userData) ejectWithOperation; 8601 /** 8602 * 8603 * Params: 8604 * volume = a #GVolume 8605 * result = a #GAsyncResult 8606 * Returns: %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise 8607 * 8608 * Throws: GException on failure. 8609 */ 8610 extern(C) int function(GVolume* volume, GAsyncResult* result, GError** err) ejectWithOperationFinish; 8611 /** 8612 * 8613 * Params: 8614 * volume = a #GVolume 8615 * Returns: Sorting key for @volume or %NULL if no such key is available 8616 */ 8617 extern(C) const(char)* function(GVolume* volume) getSortKey; 8618 /** 8619 * 8620 * Params: 8621 * volume = a #GVolume 8622 * Returns: a #GIcon. 8623 * The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref() 8624 * when no longer needed. 8625 */ 8626 extern(C) GIcon* function(GVolume* volume) getSymbolicIcon; 8627 } 8628 8629 struct GVolumeMonitor 8630 { 8631 GObject parentInstance; 8632 void* priv; 8633 } 8634 8635 struct GVolumeMonitorClass 8636 { 8637 GObjectClass parentClass; 8638 /** */ 8639 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeAdded; 8640 /** */ 8641 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeRemoved; 8642 /** */ 8643 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GVolume* volume) volumeChanged; 8644 /** */ 8645 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountAdded; 8646 /** */ 8647 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountRemoved; 8648 /** */ 8649 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountPreUnmount; 8650 /** */ 8651 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GMount* mount) mountChanged; 8652 /** */ 8653 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveConnected; 8654 /** */ 8655 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveDisconnected; 8656 /** */ 8657 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveChanged; 8658 /** */ 8659 extern(C) int function() isSupported; 8660 /** 8661 * 8662 * Params: 8663 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8664 * Returns: a #GList of connected #GDrive objects. 8665 */ 8666 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getConnectedDrives; 8667 /** 8668 * 8669 * Params: 8670 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8671 * Returns: a #GList of #GVolume objects. 8672 */ 8673 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getVolumes; 8674 /** 8675 * 8676 * Params: 8677 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8678 * Returns: a #GList of #GMount objects. 8679 */ 8680 extern(C) GList* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) getMounts; 8681 /** 8682 * 8683 * Params: 8684 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8685 * uuid = the UUID to look for 8686 * Returns: a #GVolume or %NULL if no such volume is available. 8687 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8688 */ 8689 extern(C) GVolume* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getVolumeForUuid; 8690 /** 8691 * 8692 * Params: 8693 * volumeMonitor = a #GVolumeMonitor. 8694 * uuid = the UUID to look for 8695 * Returns: a #GMount or %NULL if no such mount is available. 8696 * Free the returned object with g_object_unref(). 8697 */ 8698 extern(C) GMount* function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, const(char)* uuid) getMountForUuid; 8699 /** */ 8700 extern(C) GVolume* function(GMount* mount, GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor) adoptOrphanMount; 8701 /** */ 8702 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveEjectButton; 8703 /** */ 8704 extern(C) void function(GVolumeMonitor* volumeMonitor, GDrive* drive) driveStopButton; 8705 /** */ 8706 extern(C) void function() GReserved1; 8707 /** */ 8708 extern(C) void function() GReserved2; 8709 /** */ 8710 extern(C) void function() GReserved3; 8711 /** */ 8712 extern(C) void function() GReserved4; 8713 /** */ 8714 extern(C) void function() GReserved5; 8715 /** */ 8716 extern(C) void function() GReserved6; 8717 } 8718 8719 struct GZlibCompressor; 8720 8721 struct GZlibCompressorClass 8722 { 8723 GObjectClass parentClass; 8724 } 8725 8726 struct GZlibDecompressor; 8727 8728 struct GZlibDecompressorClass 8729 { 8730 GObjectClass parentClass; 8731 } 8732 8733 /** 8734 * Type definition for a function that will be called back when an asynchronous 8735 * operation within GIO has been completed. #GAsyncReadyCallback 8736 * callbacks from #GTask are guaranteed to be invoked in a later 8737 * iteration of the 8738 * [thread-default main context][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 8739 * where the #GTask was created. All other users of 8740 * #GAsyncReadyCallback must likewise call it asynchronously in a 8741 * later iteration of the main context. 8742 * 8743 * Params: 8744 * sourceObject = the object the asynchronous operation was started with. 8745 * res = a #GAsyncResult. 8746 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 8747 */ 8748 public alias extern(C) void function(GObject* sourceObject, GAsyncResult* res, void* userData) GAsyncReadyCallback; 8749 8750 /** 8751 * Invoked when a connection to a message bus has been obtained. 8752 * 8753 * Params: 8754 * connection = The #GDBusConnection to a message bus. 8755 * name = The name that is requested to be owned. 8756 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name(). 8757 * 8758 * Since: 2.26 8759 */ 8760 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusAcquiredCallback; 8761 8762 /** 8763 * Invoked when the name is acquired. 8764 * 8765 * Params: 8766 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquired the name. 8767 * name = The name being owned. 8768 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 8769 * 8770 * Since: 2.26 8771 */ 8772 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameAcquiredCallback; 8773 8774 /** 8775 * Invoked when the name being watched is known to have to have a owner. 8776 * 8777 * Params: 8778 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on. 8779 * name = The name being watched. 8780 * nameOwner = Unique name of the owner of the name being watched. 8781 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 8782 * 8783 * Since: 2.26 8784 */ 8785 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, const(char)* nameOwner, void* userData) GBusNameAppearedCallback; 8786 8787 /** 8788 * Invoked when the name is lost or @connection has been closed. 8789 * 8790 * Params: 8791 * connection = The #GDBusConnection on which to acquire the name or %NULL if 8792 * the connection was disconnected. 8793 * name = The name being owned. 8794 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_own_name() or g_bus_own_name_on_connection(). 8795 * 8796 * Since: 2.26 8797 */ 8798 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameLostCallback; 8799 8800 /** 8801 * Invoked when the name being watched is known not to have to have a owner. 8802 * 8803 * This is also invoked when the #GDBusConnection on which the watch was 8804 * established has been closed. In that case, @connection will be 8805 * %NULL. 8806 * 8807 * Params: 8808 * connection = The #GDBusConnection the name is being watched on, or 8809 * %NULL. 8810 * name = The name being watched. 8811 * userData = User data passed to g_bus_watch_name(). 8812 * 8813 * Since: 2.26 8814 */ 8815 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* name, void* userData) GBusNameVanishedCallback; 8816 8817 /** 8818 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 8819 * returned by g_cancellable_source_new(). 8820 * 8821 * Params: 8822 * cancellable = the #GCancellable 8823 * userData = data passed in by the user. 8824 * 8825 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 8826 * 8827 * Since: 2.28 8828 */ 8829 public alias extern(C) int function(GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GCancellableSourceFunc; 8830 8831 /** 8832 * The type of the @get_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 8833 * 8834 * Params: 8835 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8836 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8837 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 8838 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 8839 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 8840 * error = Return location for error. 8841 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 8842 * 8843 * Returns: A #GVariant with the value for @property_name or %NULL if 8844 * @error is set. If the returned #GVariant is floating, it is 8845 * consumed - otherwise its reference count is decreased by one. 8846 * 8847 * Since: 2.26 8848 */ 8849 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceGetPropertyFunc; 8850 8851 /** 8852 * The type of the @method_call function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 8853 * 8854 * Params: 8855 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8856 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8857 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 8858 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name the method was invoked on. 8859 * methodName = The name of the method that was invoked. 8860 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters. 8861 * invocation = A #GDBusMethodInvocation object that must be used to return a value or error. 8862 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 8863 * 8864 * Since: 2.26 8865 */ 8866 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* methodName, GVariant* parameters, GDBusMethodInvocation* invocation, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceMethodCallFunc; 8867 8868 /** 8869 * The type of the @set_property function in #GDBusInterfaceVTable. 8870 * 8871 * Params: 8872 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8873 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 8874 * objectPath = The object path that the method was invoked on. 8875 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name for the property. 8876 * propertyName = The name of the property to get the value of. 8877 * value = The value to set the property to. 8878 * error = Return location for error. 8879 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_object(). 8880 * 8881 * Returns: %TRUE if the property was set to @value, %FALSE if @error is set. 8882 * 8883 * Since: 2.26 8884 */ 8885 public alias extern(C) int function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* propertyName, GVariant* value, GError** error, void* userData) GDBusInterfaceSetPropertyFunc; 8886 8887 /** 8888 * Signature for function used in g_dbus_connection_add_filter(). 8889 * 8890 * A filter function is passed a #GDBusMessage and expected to return 8891 * a #GDBusMessage too. Passive filter functions that don't modify the 8892 * message can simply return the @message object: 8893 * |[ 8894 * static GDBusMessage * 8895 * passive_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 8896 * GDBusMessage *message, 8897 * gboolean incoming, 8898 * gpointer user_data) 8899 * { 8900 * // inspect @message 8901 * return message; 8902 * } 8903 * ]| 8904 * Filter functions that wants to drop a message can simply return %NULL: 8905 * |[ 8906 * static GDBusMessage * 8907 * drop_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 8908 * GDBusMessage *message, 8909 * gboolean incoming, 8910 * gpointer user_data) 8911 * { 8912 * if (should_drop_message) 8913 * { 8914 * g_object_unref (message); 8915 * message = NULL; 8916 * } 8917 * return message; 8918 * } 8919 * ]| 8920 * Finally, a filter function may modify a message by copying it: 8921 * |[ 8922 * static GDBusMessage * 8923 * modifying_filter (GDBusConnection *connection 8924 * GDBusMessage *message, 8925 * gboolean incoming, 8926 * gpointer user_data) 8927 * { 8928 * GDBusMessage *copy; 8929 * GError *error; 8930 * 8931 * error = NULL; 8932 * copy = g_dbus_message_copy (message, &error); 8933 * // handle @error being set 8934 * g_object_unref (message); 8935 * 8936 * // modify @copy 8937 * 8938 * return copy; 8939 * } 8940 * ]| 8941 * If the returned #GDBusMessage is different from @message and cannot 8942 * be sent on @connection (it could use features, such as file 8943 * descriptors, not compatible with @connection), then a warning is 8944 * logged to standard error. Applications can 8945 * check this ahead of time using g_dbus_message_to_blob() passing a 8946 * #GDBusCapabilityFlags value obtained from @connection. 8947 * 8948 * Params: 8949 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8950 * message = A locked #GDBusMessage that the filter function takes ownership of. 8951 * incoming = %TRUE if it is a message received from the other peer, %FALSE if it is 8952 * a message to be sent to the other peer. 8953 * userData = User data passed when adding the filter. 8954 * 8955 * Returns: A #GDBusMessage that will be freed with 8956 * g_object_unref() or %NULL to drop the message. Passive filter 8957 * functions can simply return the passed @message object. 8958 * 8959 * Since: 2.26 8960 */ 8961 public alias extern(C) GDBusMessage* function(GDBusConnection* connection, GDBusMessage* message, int incoming, void* userData) GDBusMessageFilterFunction; 8962 8963 /** 8964 * Function signature for a function used to determine the #GType to 8965 * use for an interface proxy (if @interface_name is not %NULL) or 8966 * object proxy (if @interface_name is %NULL). 8967 * 8968 * This function is called in the 8969 * [thread-default main loop][g-main-context-push-thread-default] 8970 * that @manager was constructed in. 8971 * 8972 * Params: 8973 * manager = A #GDBusObjectManagerClient. 8974 * objectPath = The object path of the remote object. 8975 * interfaceName = The interface name of the remote object or %NULL if a #GDBusObjectProxy #GType is requested. 8976 * userData = User data. 8977 * 8978 * Returns: A #GType to use for the remote object. The returned type 8979 * must be a #GDBusProxy or #GDBusObjectProxy -derived 8980 * type. 8981 * 8982 * Since: 2.30 8983 */ 8984 public alias extern(C) GType function(GDBusObjectManagerClient* manager, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, void* userData) GDBusProxyTypeFunc; 8985 8986 /** 8987 * Signature for callback function used in g_dbus_connection_signal_subscribe(). 8988 * 8989 * Params: 8990 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 8991 * senderName = The unique bus name of the sender of the signal. 8992 * objectPath = The object path that the signal was emitted on. 8993 * interfaceName = The name of the interface. 8994 * signalName = The name of the signal. 8995 * parameters = A #GVariant tuple with parameters for the signal. 8996 * userData = User data passed when subscribing to the signal. 8997 * 8998 * Since: 2.26 8999 */ 9000 public alias extern(C) void function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* senderName, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* signalName, GVariant* parameters, void* userData) GDBusSignalCallback; 9001 9002 /** 9003 * The type of the @dispatch function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9004 * 9005 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9006 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9007 * 9008 * Params: 9009 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9010 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9011 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9012 * interfaceName = The D-Bus interface name that the method call or property access is for. 9013 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9014 * outUserData = Return location for user data to pass to functions in the returned #GDBusInterfaceVTable (never %NULL). 9015 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9016 * 9017 * Returns: A #GDBusInterfaceVTable or %NULL if you don't want to handle the methods. 9018 * 9019 * Since: 2.26 9020 */ 9021 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceVTable* function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* interfaceName, const(char)* node, void** outUserData, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeDispatchFunc; 9022 9023 /** 9024 * The type of the @enumerate function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9025 * 9026 * This function is called when generating introspection data and also 9027 * when preparing to dispatch incoming messages in the event that the 9028 * %G_DBUS_SUBTREE_FLAGS_DISPATCH_TO_UNENUMERATED_NODES flag is not 9029 * specified (ie: to verify that the object path is valid). 9030 * 9031 * Hierarchies are not supported; the items that you return should not 9032 * contain the '/' character. 9033 * 9034 * The return value will be freed with g_strfreev(). 9035 * 9036 * Params: 9037 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9038 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9039 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9040 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9041 * 9042 * Returns: A newly allocated array of strings for node names that are children of @object_path. 9043 * 9044 * Since: 2.26 9045 */ 9046 public alias extern(C) char** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeEnumerateFunc; 9047 9048 /** 9049 * The type of the @introspect function in #GDBusSubtreeVTable. 9050 * 9051 * Subtrees are flat. @node, if non-%NULL, is always exactly one 9052 * segment of the object path (ie: it never contains a slash). 9053 * 9054 * This function should return %NULL to indicate that there is no object 9055 * at this node. 9056 * 9057 * If this function returns non-%NULL, the return value is expected to 9058 * be a %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo 9059 * structures describing the interfaces implemented by @node. This 9060 * array will have g_dbus_interface_info_unref() called on each item 9061 * before being freed with g_free(). 9062 * 9063 * The difference between returning %NULL and an array containing zero 9064 * items is that the standard DBus interfaces will returned to the 9065 * remote introspector in the empty array case, but not in the %NULL 9066 * case. 9067 * 9068 * Params: 9069 * connection = A #GDBusConnection. 9070 * sender = The unique bus name of the remote caller. 9071 * objectPath = The object path that was registered with g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9072 * node = A node that is a child of @object_path (relative to @object_path) or %NULL for the root of the subtree. 9073 * userData = The @user_data #gpointer passed to g_dbus_connection_register_subtree(). 9074 * 9075 * Returns: A %NULL-terminated array of pointers to #GDBusInterfaceInfo, or %NULL. 9076 * 9077 * Since: 2.26 9078 */ 9079 public alias extern(C) GDBusInterfaceInfo** function(GDBusConnection* connection, const(char)* sender, const(char)* objectPath, const(char)* node, void* userData) GDBusSubtreeIntrospectFunc; 9080 9081 /** 9082 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9083 * returned by g_datagram_based_create_source(). 9084 * 9085 * Params: 9086 * datagramBased = the #GDatagramBased 9087 * condition = the current condition at the source fired 9088 * userData = data passed in by the user 9089 * 9090 * Returns: %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the source should be removed, 9091 * %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE otherwise 9092 * 9093 * Since: 2.48 9094 */ 9095 public alias extern(C) int function(GDatagramBased* datagramBased, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GDatagramBasedSourceFunc; 9096 9097 /** 9098 * During invocation, g_desktop_app_info_launch_uris_as_manager() may 9099 * create one or more child processes. This callback is invoked once 9100 * for each, providing the process ID. 9101 * 9102 * Params: 9103 * appinfo = a #GDesktopAppInfo 9104 * pid = Process identifier 9105 * userData = User data 9106 */ 9107 public alias extern(C) void function(GDesktopAppInfo* appinfo, GPid pid, void* userData) GDesktopAppLaunchCallback; 9108 9109 /** 9110 * This callback type is used by g_file_measure_disk_usage() to make 9111 * periodic progress reports when measuring the amount of disk spaced 9112 * used by a directory. 9113 * 9114 * These calls are made on a best-effort basis and not all types of 9115 * #GFile will support them. At the minimum, however, one call will 9116 * always be made immediately. 9117 * 9118 * In the case that there is no support, @reporting will be set to 9119 * %FALSE (and the other values undefined) and no further calls will be 9120 * made. Otherwise, the @reporting will be %TRUE and the other values 9121 * all-zeros during the first (immediate) call. In this way, you can 9122 * know which type of progress UI to show without a delay. 9123 * 9124 * For g_file_measure_disk_usage() the callback is made directly. For 9125 * g_file_measure_disk_usage_async() the callback is made via the 9126 * default main context of the calling thread (ie: the same way that the 9127 * final async result would be reported). 9128 * 9129 * @current_size is in the same units as requested by the operation (see 9130 * %G_FILE_DISK_USAGE_APPARENT_SIZE). 9131 * 9132 * The frequency of the updates is implementation defined, but is 9133 * ideally about once every 200ms. 9134 * 9135 * The last progress callback may or may not be equal to the final 9136 * result. Always check the async result to get the final value. 9137 * 9138 * Params: 9139 * reporting = %TRUE if more reports will come 9140 * currentSize = the current cumulative size measurement 9141 * numDirs = the number of directories visited so far 9142 * numFiles = the number of non-directory files encountered 9143 * userData = the data passed to the original request for this callback 9144 * 9145 * Since: 2.38 9146 */ 9147 public alias extern(C) void function(int reporting, ulong currentSize, ulong numDirs, ulong numFiles, void* userData) GFileMeasureProgressCallback; 9148 9149 /** 9150 * When doing file operations that may take a while, such as moving 9151 * a file or copying a file, a progress callback is used to pass how 9152 * far along that operation is to the application. 9153 * 9154 * Params: 9155 * currentNumBytes = the current number of bytes in the operation. 9156 * totalNumBytes = the total number of bytes in the operation. 9157 * userData = user data passed to the callback. 9158 */ 9159 public alias extern(C) void function(long currentNumBytes, long totalNumBytes, void* userData) GFileProgressCallback; 9160 9161 /** 9162 * When loading the partial contents of a file with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(), 9163 * it may become necessary to determine if any more data from the file should be loaded. 9164 * A #GFileReadMoreCallback function facilitates this by returning %TRUE if more data 9165 * should be read, or %FALSE otherwise. 9166 * 9167 * Params: 9168 * fileContents = the data as currently read. 9169 * fileSize = the size of the data currently read. 9170 * callbackData = data passed to the callback. 9171 * 9172 * Returns: %TRUE if more data should be read back. %FALSE otherwise. 9173 */ 9174 public alias extern(C) int function(const(char)* fileContents, long fileSize, void* callbackData) GFileReadMoreCallback; 9175 9176 /** 9177 * I/O Job function. 9178 * 9179 * Long-running jobs should periodically check the @cancellable 9180 * to see if they have been cancelled. 9181 * 9182 * Params: 9183 * job = a #GIOSchedulerJob. 9184 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9185 * userData = the data to pass to callback function 9186 * 9187 * Returns: %TRUE if this function should be called again to 9188 * complete the job, %FALSE if the job is complete (or cancelled) 9189 */ 9190 public alias extern(C) int function(GIOSchedulerJob* job, GCancellable* cancellable, void* userData) GIOSchedulerJobFunc; 9191 9192 /** 9193 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9194 * returned by g_pollable_input_stream_create_source() and 9195 * g_pollable_output_stream_create_source(). 9196 * 9197 * Params: 9198 * pollableStream = the #GPollableInputStream or #GPollableOutputStream 9199 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9200 * 9201 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9202 * 9203 * Since: 2.28 9204 */ 9205 public alias extern(C) int function(GObject* pollableStream, void* userData) GPollableSourceFunc; 9206 9207 /** 9208 * Changes the size of the memory block pointed to by @data to 9209 * @size bytes. 9210 * 9211 * The function should have the same semantics as realloc(). 9212 * 9213 * Params: 9214 * data = memory block to reallocate 9215 * size = size to reallocate @data to 9216 * 9217 * Returns: a pointer to the reallocated memory 9218 */ 9219 public alias extern(C) void* function(void* data, size_t size) GReallocFunc; 9220 9221 /** 9222 * The type for the function that is used to convert from #GSettings to 9223 * an object property. The @value is already initialized to hold values 9224 * of the appropriate type. 9225 * 9226 * Params: 9227 * value = return location for the property value 9228 * variant = the #GVariant 9229 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9230 * 9231 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9232 */ 9233 public alias extern(C) int function(GValue* value, GVariant* variant, void* userData) GSettingsBindGetMapping; 9234 9235 /** 9236 * The type for the function that is used to convert an object property 9237 * value to a #GVariant for storing it in #GSettings. 9238 * 9239 * Params: 9240 * value = a #GValue containing the property value to map 9241 * expectedType = the #GVariantType to create 9242 * userData = user data that was specified when the binding was created 9243 * 9244 * Returns: a new #GVariant holding the data from @value, 9245 * or %NULL in case of an error 9246 */ 9247 public alias extern(C) GVariant* function(GValue* value, GVariantType* expectedType, void* userData) GSettingsBindSetMapping; 9248 9249 /** 9250 * The type of the function that is used to convert from a value stored 9251 * in a #GSettings to a value that is useful to the application. 9252 * 9253 * If the value is successfully mapped, the result should be stored at 9254 * @result and %TRUE returned. If mapping fails (for example, if @value 9255 * is not in the right format) then %FALSE should be returned. 9256 * 9257 * If @value is %NULL then it means that the mapping function is being 9258 * given a "last chance" to successfully return a valid value. %TRUE 9259 * must be returned in this case. 9260 * 9261 * Params: 9262 * value = the #GVariant to map, or %NULL 9263 * result = the result of the mapping 9264 * userData = the user data that was passed to 9265 * g_settings_get_mapped() 9266 * 9267 * Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded, %FALSE in case of an error 9268 */ 9269 public alias extern(C) int function(GVariant* value, void** result, void* userData) GSettingsGetMapping; 9270 9271 /** 9272 * Simple thread function that runs an asynchronous operation and 9273 * checks for cancellation. 9274 * 9275 * Params: 9276 * res = a #GSimpleAsyncResult. 9277 * object = a #GObject. 9278 * cancellable = optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore. 9279 */ 9280 public alias extern(C) void function(GSimpleAsyncResult* res, GObject* object, GCancellable* cancellable) GSimpleAsyncThreadFunc; 9281 9282 /** 9283 * This is the function type of the callback used for the #GSource 9284 * returned by g_socket_create_source(). 9285 * 9286 * Params: 9287 * socket = the #GSocket 9288 * condition = the current condition at the source fired. 9289 * userData = data passed in by the user. 9290 * 9291 * Returns: it should return %FALSE if the source should be removed. 9292 * 9293 * Since: 2.22 9294 */ 9295 public alias extern(C) int function(GSocket* socket, GIOCondition condition, void* userData) GSocketSourceFunc; 9296 9297 /** 9298 * The prototype for a task function to be run in a thread via 9299 * g_task_run_in_thread() or g_task_run_in_thread_sync(). 9300 * 9301 * If the return-on-cancel flag is set on @task, and @cancellable gets 9302 * cancelled, then the #GTask will be completed immediately (as though 9303 * g_task_return_error_if_cancelled() had been called), without 9304 * waiting for the task function to complete. However, the task 9305 * function will continue running in its thread in the background. The 9306 * function therefore needs to be careful about how it uses 9307 * externally-visible state in this case. See 9308 * g_task_set_return_on_cancel() for more details. 9309 * 9310 * Other than in that case, @task will be completed when the 9311 * #GTaskThreadFunc returns, not when it calls a 9312 * `g_task_return_` function. 9313 * 9314 * Params: 9315 * task = the #GTask 9316 * sourceObject = @task's source object 9317 * taskData = @task's task data 9318 * cancellable = @task's #GCancellable, or %NULL 9319 * 9320 * Since: 2.36 9321 */ 9322 public alias extern(C) void function(GTask* task, void* sourceObject, void* taskData, GCancellable* cancellable) GTaskThreadFunc; 9323 9324 /** 9325 * This function type is used by g_vfs_register_uri_scheme() to make it 9326 * possible for a client to associate an URI scheme to a different #GFile 9327 * implementation. 9328 * 9329 * The client should return a reference to the new file that has been 9330 * created for @uri, or %NULL to continue with the default implementation. 9331 * 9332 * Params: 9333 * vfs = a #GVfs 9334 * identifier = the identifier to lookup a #GFile for. This can either 9335 * be an URI or a parse name as returned by g_file_get_parse_name() 9336 * userData = user data passed to the function 9337 * 9338 * Returns: a #GFile for @identifier. 9339 * 9340 * Since: 2.50 9341 */ 9342 public alias extern(C) GFile* function(GVfs* vfs, const(char)* identifier, void* userData) GVfsFileLookupFunc; 9343 9344 /** 9345 * Extension point for default handler to URI association. See 9346 * [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 9347 */ 9348 enum DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-desktop-app-info-lookup"; 9349 alias G_DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = DESKTOP_APP_INFO_LOOKUP_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 9350 9351 /** 9352 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking deletion privileges. 9353 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9354 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to delete the file. 9355 */ 9356 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = "access::can-delete"; 9357 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_DELETE; 9358 9359 /** 9360 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting execution privileges. 9361 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9362 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to execute the file. 9363 */ 9364 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = "access::can-execute"; 9365 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_EXECUTE; 9366 9367 /** 9368 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting read privileges. 9369 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9370 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to read the file. 9371 */ 9372 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = "access::can-read"; 9373 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_READ; 9374 9375 /** 9376 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking renaming privileges. 9377 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9378 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to rename the file. 9379 */ 9380 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = "access::can-rename"; 9381 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_RENAME; 9382 9383 /** 9384 * A key in the "access" namespace for checking trashing privileges. 9385 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9386 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to move the file to 9387 * the trash. 9388 */ 9389 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = "access::can-trash"; 9390 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_TRASH; 9391 9392 /** 9393 * A key in the "access" namespace for getting write privileges. 9394 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9395 * This attribute will be %TRUE if the user is able to write to the file. 9396 */ 9397 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = "access::can-write"; 9398 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_CAN_WRITE; 9399 9400 /** 9401 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's archive flag 9402 * is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the archive flag is set. This attribute 9403 * is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9404 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9405 */ 9406 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = "dos::is-archive"; 9407 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_ARCHIVE; 9408 9409 /** 9410 * A key in the "dos" namespace for checking if the file's backup flag 9411 * is set. This attribute is %TRUE if the backup flag is set. This attribute 9412 * is only available for DOS file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9413 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9414 */ 9415 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = "dos::is-system"; 9416 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DOS_IS_SYSTEM; 9417 9418 /** 9419 * A key in the "etag" namespace for getting the value of the file's 9420 * entity tag. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9421 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9422 */ 9423 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = "etag::value"; 9424 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE; 9425 9426 /** 9427 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of free space left on the 9428 * file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9429 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9430 */ 9431 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = "filesystem::free"; 9432 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_FREE; 9433 9434 /** 9435 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 9436 * is read only. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is read only. 9437 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9438 */ 9439 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = "filesystem::readonly"; 9440 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_READONLY; 9441 9442 /** 9443 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for checking if the file system 9444 * is remote. Is set to %TRUE if the file system is remote. 9445 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9446 */ 9447 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = "filesystem::remote"; 9448 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_REMOTE; 9449 9450 /** 9451 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the total size (in bytes) of the file system, 9452 * used in g_file_query_filesystem_info(). Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 9453 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9454 */ 9455 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = "filesystem::size"; 9456 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_SIZE; 9457 9458 /** 9459 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the file system's type. 9460 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9461 */ 9462 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = "filesystem::type"; 9463 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_TYPE; 9464 9465 /** 9466 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for getting the number of bytes of used on the 9467 * file system. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9468 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9469 */ 9470 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = "filesystem::used"; 9471 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USED; 9472 9473 /** 9474 * A key in the "filesystem" namespace for hinting a file manager 9475 * application whether it should preview (e.g. thumbnail) files on the 9476 * file system. The value for this key contain a 9477 * #GFilesystemPreviewType. 9478 */ 9479 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = "filesystem::use-preview"; 9480 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_FILESYSTEM_USE_PREVIEW; 9481 9482 /** 9483 * A key in the "gvfs" namespace that gets the name of the current 9484 * GVFS backend in use. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9485 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9486 */ 9487 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = "gvfs::backend"; 9488 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_GVFS_BACKEND; 9489 9490 /** 9491 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting a file identifier. 9492 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9493 * An example use would be during listing files, to avoid recursive 9494 * directory scanning. 9495 */ 9496 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = "id::file"; 9497 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILE; 9498 9499 /** 9500 * A key in the "id" namespace for getting the file system identifier. 9501 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9502 * An example use would be during drag and drop to see if the source 9503 * and target are on the same filesystem (default to move) or not (default 9504 * to copy). 9505 */ 9506 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = "id::filesystem"; 9507 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ID_FILESYSTEM; 9508 9509 /** 9510 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be ejected. 9511 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9512 */ 9513 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = "mountable::can-eject"; 9514 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_EJECT; 9515 9516 /** 9517 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is mountable. 9518 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9519 */ 9520 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = "mountable::can-mount"; 9521 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_MOUNT; 9522 9523 /** 9524 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be polled. 9525 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9526 */ 9527 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = "mountable::can-poll"; 9528 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_POLL; 9529 9530 /** 9531 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started. 9532 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9533 */ 9534 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = "mountable::can-start"; 9535 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START; 9536 9537 /** 9538 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be started 9539 * degraded. 9540 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9541 */ 9542 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = "mountable::can-start-degraded"; 9543 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_START_DEGRADED; 9544 9545 /** 9546 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) can be stopped. 9547 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9548 */ 9549 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = "mountable::can-stop"; 9550 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_STOP; 9551 9552 /** 9553 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) is unmountable. 9554 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9555 */ 9556 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = "mountable::can-unmount"; 9557 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_CAN_UNMOUNT; 9558 9559 /** 9560 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the HAL UDI for the mountable 9561 * file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9562 */ 9563 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = "mountable::hal-udi"; 9564 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_HAL_UDI; 9565 9566 /** 9567 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for checking if a file (of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE) 9568 * is automatically polled for media. 9569 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9570 */ 9571 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = "mountable::is-media-check-automatic"; 9572 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_IS_MEDIA_CHECK_AUTOMATIC; 9573 9574 /** 9575 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the #GDriveStartStopType. 9576 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9577 */ 9578 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = "mountable::start-stop-type"; 9579 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_START_STOP_TYPE; 9580 9581 /** 9582 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device. 9583 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9584 */ 9585 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = "mountable::unix-device"; 9586 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE; 9587 9588 /** 9589 * A key in the "mountable" namespace for getting the unix device file. 9590 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9591 */ 9592 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = "mountable::unix-device-file"; 9593 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MOUNTABLE_UNIX_DEVICE_FILE; 9594 9595 /** 9596 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the file owner's group. 9597 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9598 */ 9599 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = "owner::group"; 9600 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_GROUP; 9601 9602 /** 9603 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the user name of the 9604 * file's owner. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9605 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9606 */ 9607 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = "owner::user"; 9608 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER; 9609 9610 /** 9611 * A key in the "owner" namespace for getting the real name of the 9612 * user that owns the file. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9613 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9614 */ 9615 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = "owner::user-real"; 9616 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OWNER_USER_REAL; 9617 9618 /** 9619 * A key in the "preview" namespace for getting a #GIcon that can be 9620 * used to get preview of the file. For example, it may be a low 9621 * resolution thumbnail without metadata. Corresponding 9622 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. The value 9623 * for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9624 */ 9625 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = "preview::icon"; 9626 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_PREVIEW_ICON; 9627 9628 /** 9629 * A key in the "recent" namespace for getting time, when the metadata for the 9630 * file in `recent:///` was last changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9631 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT64. 9632 */ 9633 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = "recent::modified"; 9634 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_RECENT_MODIFIED; 9635 9636 /** 9637 * A key in the "selinux" namespace for getting the file's SELinux 9638 * context. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9639 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. Note that this attribute is only 9640 * available if GLib has been built with SELinux support. 9641 */ 9642 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = "selinux::context"; 9643 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SELINUX_CONTEXT; 9644 9645 /** 9646 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the amount of disk space 9647 * that is consumed by the file (in bytes). This will generally be larger 9648 * than the file size (due to block size overhead) but can occasionally be 9649 * smaller (for example, for sparse files). 9650 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9651 */ 9652 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = "standard::allocated-size"; 9653 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ALLOCATED_SIZE; 9654 9655 /** 9656 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the content type of the file. 9657 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9658 * The value for this key should contain a valid content type. 9659 */ 9660 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::content-type"; 9661 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE; 9662 9663 /** 9664 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the copy name of the file. 9665 * The copy name is an optional version of the name. If available it's always 9666 * in UTF8, and corresponds directly to the original filename (only transcoded to 9667 * UTF8). This is useful if you want to copy the file to another filesystem that 9668 * might have a different encoding. If the filename is not a valid string in the 9669 * encoding selected for the filesystem it is in then the copy name will not be set. 9670 * 9671 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9672 */ 9673 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = "standard::copy-name"; 9674 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_COPY_NAME; 9675 9676 /** 9677 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the description of the file. 9678 * The description is a utf8 string that describes the file, generally containing 9679 * the filename, but can also contain furter information. Example descriptions 9680 * could be "filename (on hostname)" for a remote file or "filename (in trash)" 9681 * for a file in the trash. This is useful for instance as the window title 9682 * when displaying a directory or for a bookmarks menu. 9683 * 9684 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9685 */ 9686 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = "standard::description"; 9687 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DESCRIPTION; 9688 9689 /** 9690 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the display name of the file. 9691 * A display name is guaranteed to be in UTF8 and can thus be displayed in 9692 * the UI. 9693 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9694 */ 9695 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = "standard::display-name"; 9696 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME; 9697 9698 /** 9699 * A key in the "standard" namespace for edit name of the file. 9700 * An edit name is similar to the display name, but it is meant to be 9701 * used when you want to rename the file in the UI. The display name 9702 * might contain information you don't want in the new filename (such as 9703 * "(invalid unicode)" if the filename was in an invalid encoding). 9704 * 9705 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9706 */ 9707 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = "standard::edit-name"; 9708 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME; 9709 9710 /** 9711 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the fast content type. 9712 * The fast content type isn't as reliable as the regular one, as it 9713 * only uses the filename to guess it, but it is faster to calculate than the 9714 * regular content type. 9715 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9716 */ 9717 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = "standard::fast-content-type"; 9718 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_FAST_CONTENT_TYPE; 9719 9720 /** 9721 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the icon for the file. 9722 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 9723 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9724 */ 9725 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = "standard::icon"; 9726 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON; 9727 9728 /** 9729 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is a backup file. 9730 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9731 */ 9732 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = "standard::is-backup"; 9733 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_BACKUP; 9734 9735 /** 9736 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is hidden. 9737 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9738 */ 9739 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = "standard::is-hidden"; 9740 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_HIDDEN; 9741 9742 /** 9743 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if the file is a symlink. 9744 * Typically the actual type is something else, if we followed the symlink 9745 * to get the type. 9746 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9747 */ 9748 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = "standard::is-symlink"; 9749 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_SYMLINK; 9750 9751 /** 9752 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is virtual. 9753 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9754 */ 9755 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = "standard::is-virtual"; 9756 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VIRTUAL; 9757 9758 /** 9759 * A key in the "standard" namespace for checking if a file is 9760 * volatile. This is meant for opaque, non-POSIX-like backends to 9761 * indicate that the URI is not persistent. Applications should look 9762 * at #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET for the persistent URI. 9763 * 9764 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9765 */ 9766 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = "standard::is-volatile"; 9767 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_IS_VOLATILE; 9768 9769 /** 9770 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the name of the file. 9771 * The name is the on-disk filename which may not be in any known encoding, 9772 * and can thus not be generally displayed as is. 9773 * Use #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME if you need to display the 9774 * name in a user interface. 9775 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9776 */ 9777 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = "standard::name"; 9778 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_NAME; 9779 9780 /** 9781 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the file's size (in bytes). 9782 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9783 */ 9784 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = "standard::size"; 9785 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SIZE; 9786 9787 /** 9788 * A key in the "standard" namespace for setting the sort order of a file. 9789 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32. 9790 * An example use would be in file managers, which would use this key 9791 * to set the order files are displayed. Files with smaller sort order 9792 * should be sorted first, and files without sort order as if sort order 9793 * was zero. 9794 */ 9795 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = "standard::sort-order"; 9796 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER; 9797 9798 /** 9799 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symbolic icon for the file. 9800 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_OBJECT. 9801 * The value for this key should contain a #GIcon. 9802 */ 9803 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = "standard::symbolic-icon"; 9804 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMBOLIC_ICON; 9805 9806 /** 9807 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the symlink target, if the file 9808 * is a symlink. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9809 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9810 */ 9811 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = "standard::symlink-target"; 9812 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET; 9813 9814 /** 9815 * A key in the "standard" namespace for getting the target URI for the file, in 9816 * the case of %G_FILE_TYPE_SHORTCUT or %G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE files. 9817 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9818 */ 9819 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = "standard::target-uri"; 9820 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TARGET_URI; 9821 9822 /** 9823 * A key in the "standard" namespace for storing file types. 9824 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9825 * The value for this key should contain a #GFileType. 9826 */ 9827 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = "standard::type"; 9828 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_TYPE; 9829 9830 /** 9831 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking if thumbnailing failed. 9832 * This attribute is %TRUE if thumbnailing failed. Corresponding 9833 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9834 */ 9835 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = "thumbnail::failed"; 9836 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED; 9837 9838 /** 9839 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for checking whether the thumbnail is outdated. 9840 * This attribute is %TRUE if the thumbnail is up-to-date with the file it represents, 9841 * and %FALSE if the file has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. 9842 * 9843 * If %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAILING_FAILED is %TRUE and this attribute is %FALSE, 9844 * it indicates that thumbnailing may be attempted again and may succeed. 9845 * 9846 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 9847 */ 9848 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = "thumbnail::is-valid"; 9849 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_IS_VALID; 9850 9851 /** 9852 * A key in the "thumbnail" namespace for getting the path to the thumbnail 9853 * image. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9854 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9855 */ 9856 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = "thumbnail::path"; 9857 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_THUMBNAIL_PATH; 9858 9859 /** 9860 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 9861 * accessed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9862 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the 9863 * file was last accessed, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. 9864 */ 9865 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = "time::access"; 9866 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS; 9867 9868 /** 9869 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9870 * the file was last accessed. This should be used in conjunction with 9871 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9872 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9873 */ 9874 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = "time::access-usec"; 9875 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_ACCESS_USEC; 9876 9877 /** 9878 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 9879 * changed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 9880 * and contains the time since the file was last changed, in seconds since the 9881 * UNIX epoch. 9882 * 9883 * This corresponds to the traditional UNIX ctime. 9884 */ 9885 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = "time::changed"; 9886 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED; 9887 9888 /** 9889 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9890 * the file was last changed. This should be used in conjunction with 9891 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9892 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9893 */ 9894 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = "time::changed-usec"; 9895 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CHANGED_USEC; 9896 9897 /** 9898 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was created. 9899 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, 9900 * and contains the time since the file was created, in seconds since the UNIX 9901 * epoch. 9902 * 9903 * This corresponds to the NTFS ctime. 9904 */ 9905 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = "time::created"; 9906 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED; 9907 9908 /** 9909 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9910 * the file was created. This should be used in conjunction with 9911 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9912 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9913 */ 9914 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = "time::created-usec"; 9915 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_CREATED_USEC; 9916 9917 /** 9918 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the time the file was last 9919 * modified. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9920 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64, and contains the time since the 9921 * file was modified, in seconds since the UNIX epoch. 9922 */ 9923 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = "time::modified"; 9924 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED; 9925 9926 /** 9927 * A key in the "time" namespace for getting the microseconds of the time 9928 * the file was last modified. This should be used in conjunction with 9929 * #G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9930 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9931 */ 9932 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = "time::modified-usec"; 9933 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TIME_MODIFIED_USEC; 9934 9935 /** 9936 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 9937 * items in `trash:///`, will return the date and time when the file 9938 * was trashed. The format of the returned string is YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss. 9939 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_STRING. 9940 */ 9941 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = "trash::deletion-date"; 9942 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_DELETION_DATE; 9943 9944 /** 9945 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 9946 * `trash:///` returns the number of (toplevel) items in the trash folder. 9947 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9948 */ 9949 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = "trash::item-count"; 9950 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ITEM_COUNT; 9951 9952 /** 9953 * A key in the "trash" namespace. When requested against 9954 * items in `trash:///`, will return the original path to the file before it 9955 * was trashed. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9956 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING. 9957 */ 9958 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = "trash::orig-path"; 9959 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TRASH_ORIG_PATH; 9960 9961 /** 9962 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of blocks allocated 9963 * for the file. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9964 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9965 */ 9966 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = "unix::blocks"; 9967 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCKS; 9968 9969 /** 9970 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the block size for the file 9971 * system. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9972 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9973 */ 9974 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = "unix::block-size"; 9975 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_BLOCK_SIZE; 9976 9977 /** 9978 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device id of the device the 9979 * file is located on (see stat() documentation). This attribute is only 9980 * available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 9981 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9982 */ 9983 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix::device"; 9984 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_DEVICE; 9985 9986 /** 9987 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the group ID for the file. 9988 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 9989 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 9990 */ 9991 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = "unix::gid"; 9992 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_GID; 9993 9994 /** 9995 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the inode of the file. 9996 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding 9997 * #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT64. 9998 */ 9999 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = "unix::inode"; 10000 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_INODE; 10001 10002 /** 10003 * A key in the "unix" namespace for checking if the file represents a 10004 * UNIX mount point. This attribute is %TRUE if the file is a UNIX mount 10005 * point. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10006 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BOOLEAN. 10007 */ 10008 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = "unix::is-mountpoint"; 10009 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_IS_MOUNTPOINT; 10010 10011 /** 10012 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the mode of the file 10013 * (e.g. whether the file is a regular file, symlink, etc). See lstat() 10014 * documentation. This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10015 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10016 */ 10017 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = "unix::mode"; 10018 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_MODE; 10019 10020 /** 10021 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the number of hard links 10022 * for a file. See lstat() documentation. This attribute is only available 10023 * for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is 10024 * %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10025 */ 10026 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = "unix::nlink"; 10027 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_NLINK; 10028 10029 /** 10030 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the device ID for the file 10031 * (if it is a special file). See lstat() documentation. This attribute 10032 * is only available for UNIX file systems. Corresponding #GFileAttributeType 10033 * is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10034 */ 10035 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = "unix::rdev"; 10036 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_RDEV; 10037 10038 /** 10039 * A key in the "unix" namespace for getting the user ID for the file. 10040 * This attribute is only available for UNIX file systems. 10041 * Corresponding #GFileAttributeType is %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UINT32. 10042 */ 10043 enum FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = "unix::uid"; 10044 alias G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_UNIX_UID; 10045 10046 /** 10047 * The menu item attribute which holds the action name of the item. Action 10048 * names are namespaced with an identifier for the action group in which the 10049 * action resides. For example, "win." for window-specific actions and "app." 10050 * for application-wide actions. 10051 * 10052 * See also g_menu_model_get_item_attribute() and g_menu_item_set_attribute(). 10053 */ 10054 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = "action"; 10055 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION; 10056 10057 /** 10058 * The menu item attribute that holds the namespace for all action names in 10059 * menus that are linked from this item. 10060 */ 10061 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = "action-namespace"; 10062 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ACTION_NAMESPACE; 10063 10064 /** 10065 * The menu item attribute which holds the icon of the item. 10066 * 10067 * The icon is stored in the format returned by g_icon_serialize(). 10068 * 10069 * This attribute is intended only to represent 'noun' icons such as 10070 * favicons for a webpage, or application icons. It should not be used 10071 * for 'verbs' (ie: stock icons). 10072 */ 10073 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = "icon"; 10074 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_ICON; 10075 10076 /** 10077 * The menu item attribute which holds the label of the item. 10078 */ 10079 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = "label"; 10080 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_LABEL; 10081 10082 /** 10083 * The menu item attribute which holds the target with which the item's action 10084 * will be activated. 10085 * 10086 * See also g_menu_item_set_action_and_target() 10087 */ 10088 enum MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = "target"; 10089 alias G_MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET = MENU_ATTRIBUTE_TARGET; 10090 10091 /** 10092 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a section. The linked 10093 * menu will usually be shown in place of the menu item, using the item's label 10094 * as a header. 10095 * 10096 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10097 */ 10098 enum MENU_LINK_SECTION = "section"; 10099 alias G_MENU_LINK_SECTION = MENU_LINK_SECTION; 10100 10101 /** 10102 * The name of the link that associates a menu item with a submenu. 10103 * 10104 * See also g_menu_item_set_link(). 10105 */ 10106 enum MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = "submenu"; 10107 alias G_MENU_LINK_SUBMENU = MENU_LINK_SUBMENU; 10108 10109 enum NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-native-volume-monitor"; 10110 alias G_NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NATIVE_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10111 10112 /** 10113 * Extension point for network status monitoring functionality. 10114 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10115 */ 10116 enum NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-network-monitor"; 10117 alias G_NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = NETWORK_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10118 10119 /** 10120 * Extension point for proxy functionality. 10121 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10122 */ 10123 enum PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy"; 10124 alias G_PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10125 10126 /** 10127 * Extension point for proxy resolving functionality. 10128 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10129 */ 10130 enum PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-proxy-resolver"; 10131 alias G_PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = PROXY_RESOLVER_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10132 10133 /** 10134 * Extension point for #GSettingsBackend functionality. 10135 */ 10136 enum SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gsettings-backend"; 10137 alias G_SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = SETTINGS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10138 10139 /** 10140 * Extension point for TLS functionality via #GTlsBackend. 10141 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10142 */ 10143 enum TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-tls-backend"; 10144 alias G_TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = TLS_BACKEND_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10145 10146 /** 10147 * The purpose used to verify the client certificate in a TLS connection. 10148 * Used by TLS servers. 10149 */ 10150 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2"; 10151 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_CLIENT; 10152 10153 /** 10154 * The purpose used to verify the server certificate in a TLS connection. This 10155 * is the most common purpose in use. Used by TLS clients. 10156 */ 10157 enum TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1"; 10158 alias G_TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER = TLS_DATABASE_PURPOSE_AUTHENTICATE_SERVER; 10159 10160 /** 10161 * Extension point for #GVfs functionality. 10162 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10163 */ 10164 enum VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-vfs"; 10165 alias G_VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VFS_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME; 10166 10167 /** 10168 * The string used to obtain the volume class with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10169 * 10170 * Known volume classes include `device` and `network`. Other classes may 10171 * be added in the future. 10172 * 10173 * This is intended to be used by applications to classify #GVolume 10174 * instances into different sections - for example a file manager or 10175 * file chooser can use this information to show `network` volumes under 10176 * a "Network" heading and `device` volumes under a "Devices" heading. 10177 */ 10178 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = "class"; 10179 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_CLASS; 10180 10181 /** 10182 * The string used to obtain a Hal UDI with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10183 */ 10184 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = "hal-udi"; 10185 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_HAL_UDI; 10186 10187 /** 10188 * The string used to obtain a filesystem label with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10189 */ 10190 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = "label"; 10191 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_LABEL; 10192 10193 /** 10194 * The string used to obtain a NFS mount with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10195 */ 10196 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = "nfs-mount"; 10197 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_NFS_MOUNT; 10198 10199 /** 10200 * The string used to obtain a Unix device path with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10201 */ 10202 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = "unix-device"; 10203 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UNIX_DEVICE; 10204 10205 /** 10206 * The string used to obtain a UUID with g_volume_get_identifier(). 10207 */ 10208 enum VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = "uuid"; 10209 alias G_VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID = VOLUME_IDENTIFIER_KIND_UUID; 10210 10211 /** 10212 * Extension point for volume monitor functionality. 10213 * See [Extending GIO][extending-gio]. 10214 */ 10215 enum VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = "gio-volume-monitor"; 10216 alias G_VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME = VOLUME_MONITOR_EXTENSION_POINT_NAME;